in? – Radio Free https://www.radiofree.org Independent Media for People, Not Profits. Thu, 26 Jun 2025 20:45:20 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://www.radiofree.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/cropped-Radio-Free-Social-Icon-2-32x32.png in? – Radio Free https://www.radiofree.org 32 32 141331581 3 Years in, horrors wrought by anti-abortion ‘Dobbs’ ruling are apparent to all https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/3-years-in-horrors-wrought-by-anti-abortion-dobbs-ruling-are-apparent-to-all/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/3-years-in-horrors-wrought-by-anti-abortion-dobbs-ruling-are-apparent-to-all/#respond Thu, 26 Jun 2025 20:45:20 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335060 Abortion rights demonstrators attend a rally in front of the US Supreme Court in Washington, DC, on June 25, 2022, a day after the Supreme Court released a decision on Dobbs v Jackson Women's Health Organization, striking down the right to abortion.Photo by ROBERTO SCHMIDT/AFP via Getty Images.We live in a country that has used machines to turn a dying person into a fetus incubator against the family’s wishes.]]> Abortion rights demonstrators attend a rally in front of the US Supreme Court in Washington, DC, on June 25, 2022, a day after the Supreme Court released a decision on Dobbs v Jackson Women's Health Organization, striking down the right to abortion.Photo by ROBERTO SCHMIDT/AFP via Getty Images.

This story originally appeared in Truthout on June 24, 2025. It is shared here with permission under a Creative Commons (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0) license.

It’s been three years since Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Organization, an odious Supreme Court ruling that has unleashed a veritable crisis of rights, health, and safety for people who can become pregnant.

Since the Supreme Court overturned Roe v. Wade in 2022 and sent abortion’s legality back to the states, abortion bans have spread widely across much of the U.S. As of June 2025, 16 states have enacted a total or near-total abortion ban, rendering the entire Southeast a legal abortion desert. Other states, like North Carolina, Nebraska, and Utah, have banned abortion at 12 or 18 weeks, which would have been unconstitutional under Roe just a few short years ago. In 2023 alone, the first full year after Dobbs171,000 people were forced to travel out of state to access abortion care in the U.S.

Traveling, especially out of state, isn’t just a logistical burden; it also means added cost. Plane tickets, lodging, gas money, child care, food — so much is needed to make abortion accessible when someone is forced to travel for care. The Brigid Alliance, which provides financial and logistical assistance to people forced to travel for abortion care, estimates that the average cost per abortion travel itinerary now exceeds $2,300, despite the fact that a first trimester procedure costs only a quarter of that.

Dobbs doesn’t just hurt people seeking abortion care. If a pregnant person in a state with an abortion ban has a different outcome other than a live birth, including a miscarriage or stillbirth, they can face serious prison time. People like Serena Maria Chandler-Scott of Georgia, who miscarried at 19 weeks, and Brittany Watts of Ohio, who miscarried at 22 weeks, have been charged under their respective states’ restrictive anti-abortion laws. And the net of criminalization also extends beyond pregnant people to providers and doctors, creating a network of fear for pregnant people, their families, and the health care providers they entrust to care for them.

That’s bad enough and a crisis in its own right. But the ramifications of Dobbs are far broader than hindering abortion access.

Dobbs is, quite literally, killing people.

Doctors are afraid to provide basic care to pregnant folks in states where abortion bans are in effect, unsure if they will be charged with murder.

At least two Black women in Georgia, Amber Nicole Thurman and Candi Miller, died because of the ramifications of Dobbs. Georgia has a strict, six-week abortion ban. Thurman died after being denied basic care because she was pregnant and past the six-week point in her pregnancy in 2022: she had an infection related to fetal tissue that hadn’t been fully expelled from her body, but the hospital delayed performing a routine dilation and curettage due to Georgia’s restrictive laws. Miller, afraid of possible prosecution, refused to go to the hospital after complications from a self-managed abortion in the fall of 2022. Thurman and Miller were, essentially, killed by the state instead of receiving the basic, life-saving care to which they were constitutionally entitled just a few months before.

And then there’s the abhorrent case of Adriana Smith, a Black woman diagnosed with brain death who has been forcibly kept alive by the State of Georgia — against her family’s wishes — because she was nine weeks pregnant. She was taken off life support on June 17 this year after her fetus was delivered via C-section. That the state can force a Black woman’s body to be used as a literal incubator is a direct result of the Dobbs decision.

Because of Dobbs, to be pregnant in a state with an abortion ban, even if it isn’t an outright total abortion ban, is to risk your life.

But Dobbs has also wrought a different shift, one unexpected to just about everyone: It made abortion rights politically popular.

Abortion has won in nearly every election in which it’s been on the ballot since the Dobbs decision came down in June 2022, including conservative states like Ohio, Montana, and Kansas. Even when the ballot initiative failed, like in Florida, it was only because the state required a 60 percent threshold. (The initiative was approved by 57 percent of voters.) Support for abortion rights is a winning issue, and it is currently more politically popular than it has been since Roe v. Wade was decided in 1973.

Unfortunately, that popularity doesn’t automatically translate into legality, and legality doesn’t translate into access. For example, in November 2023, Missouri voted to enshrine the right to reproductive freedom into the state constitution, which should override the state’s total abortion ban and make abortion legal to Missourians once again. However, the Missouri Supreme Court has, so far, refused to allow the change to take effect. Before Dobbs, Missouri only had a single clinic left, and it’s been shuttered for three years. If the state ever does allow abortion to become legal, reopening a clinic will require a significant expense and effort.

One of the most important lessons that the tragedy of Dobbs can teach us is that a right is hard to retrieve once it’s lost. It’s not impossible, and we cannot afford to stop this fight because it isn’t just about abortion. Trans rights, immigrant justice, freedom for Palestinians — all of these are about our most sacred and fundamental rights.

Bodily autonomy isn’t an empty catch phrase; it’s a worldview, one predicated on everyone’s shared humanity. Dobbs, like many egregious Supreme Court rulings that came before it, is a great injustice, done by the state to the people. To undo that injustice, we cannot simply wait for the state to change hands. Instead, we must do it ourselves.

This article is licensed under Creative Commons (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0), and you are free to share and republish under the terms of the license.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Lauren Rankin, Truthout.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/3-years-in-horrors-wrought-by-anti-abortion-dobbs-ruling-are-apparent-to-all/feed/ 0 541364
Project 2025: Five Months in, Trump’s Shock Doctrine Is Delivering https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/13/project-2025-five-months-in-trumps-shock-doctrine-is-delivering/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/13/project-2025-five-months-in-trumps-shock-doctrine-is-delivering/#respond Fri, 13 Jun 2025 14:45:11 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158984 Project 2025 is hollowing out government — and it’s just getting started  As we approach the fifth month of Donald Trump’s second term, you might be asking: “What’s up with Project 2025?” According to GPAHE (Global Project Against Hate and Extremism), “Data compiled by the Project 2025 Tracker reveals a presidency operating with methodical precision, adhering […]

The post Project 2025: Five Months in, Trump’s Shock Doctrine Is Delivering first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Cartoon describing a few of the extremist plans in Project 2025

Project 2025 is hollowing out government — and it’s just getting started 

As we approach the fifth month of Donald Trump’s second term, you might be asking: “What’s up with Project 2025?” According to GPAHE (Global Project Against Hate and Extremism), “Data compiled by the Project 2025 Tracker reveals a presidency operating with methodical precision, adhering to the Heritage Foundation’s Project 2025 playbook. Of the 313 total objectives identified in Project 2025, 98 have been completed as of June 2025, representing a 42 percent completion rate in just five months of governance. This rapid-fire execution creates one of the most striking paradoxes of the early Trump presidency: a policy framework the candidate repeatedly disavowed during his campaign has become the most reliable predictor of his administration’s priorities.”

In short, despite the Trump administration denial that it is following the Heritage Foundation’s playbook, Project 2025 is aggressively strip mining government agencies, providing rebar for an authoritarian takeover of democracy.

Let’s review. Project 2025 is the 920-page blueprint for authoritarianism in the U.S., spearheaded by the powerful and extreme far-right Heritage Foundation. More than 100 far-right organizations were involved in crafting the document, which, according to GPAHE “is proving to be the source for Trump’s anti-democratic policies, despite his repeated disavowal of Project 2025 during his campaign.” In addition, “Dozens of members of the new administration have direct ties to the effort.”

Project 2025’s playbook turns back the clock on civil rights and deprives people of their hard-won constitutional rights, while “pushing for the erosion of environmental and education protections. It also advocates for a frightening centralization of power in the executive branch, something Trump is keen to achieve.” [Full analysis of Project 2025]

So what is up with Project 2025?  

In a June 1 interview with Russell Vought, the Office of Management and Budget director, CNN’s Dana Bash asked him about DOGE, presidential power potentially overruling Congress, and the “woke” administrative state, among other topics. Vought was smoothly responding until the conversation turned to Project 2025, when things got a little frosty.

According to GPAHE, “Bash asked him about the unmistakable convergence between Trump’s governing agenda” and Project 2025 — “a document for which Vought himself had served as a key architect and co-author — and his denial came swiftly and absolutely.”

“‘No, of course not,’ Vought declared when asked whether his current work represented an enactment of Project 2025. ‘The only people that are delusional about whether the president is the architect, the visionary, the originator of his own agenda that he was very public about throughout the campaign … are his adversaries.’”

Here are excerpts from GPAHE’s reporting on Project 2025:

The chronological record tells the story that Vought seemed determined to obscure during his CNN appearance. Within hours of his January 20 inauguration, Trump had executed 25 distinct Project 2025 recommendations, ranging from deploying active-duty military personnel to the southern border to eliminating diversity offices across federal agencies. The systematic nature of implementation becomes particularly apparent when examining agency-specific progress rates.

The personnel enacting these policies also tell the story. A report by DeSmog reveals that 70 percent of Trump’s cabinet maintains direct ties to Project 2025 organizations — more than 50 high-level officials bound to the very groups that authored or co-sponsored Project 2025, the blueprint they are now executing. Vice President JD Vance connects to five Project 2025 entities, Secretary of State Marco Rubio to four, Veterans Affairs Secretary Doug Collins to three. This represents the Heritage Foundation’s ultimate victory: the architects have become the executors.

The Commodity Futures Trading Commission has achieved 100 percent completion of its single objective: to reduce regulations on cryptocurrency. Meanwhile, all six of Project 2025’s objectives regarding USAID have been completed. The White House itself has completed 88 percent of its 13 objectives, while the Department of State has finished 75 percent of its 10 Project 2025 objectives.

Environmental policy offers the most vivid illustration of this systematic execution. Project 2025 called for eliminating “the use of the social cost of carbon” in federal decision-making — Trump’s January 20 executive orders accomplished precisely that objective. Project 2025 recommended immediate withdrawal from the Paris Climate Agreement and the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change — both withdrawals were announced within hours of the inauguration. When Project 2025 suggested abolishing the Office of Domestic Climate Policy, Trump dissolved it before the inaugural celebrations had concluded. The Environmental Protection Agency has proven exceptionally responsive to Project 2025’s policies.

In May, the agency repealed energy efficiency standards for appliances, with Trump signing four Congressional Review Act resolutions to roll back energy efficiency rules while the Energy Department simultaneously rolled back 47 efficiency regulations. Earlier, the EPA had fired 388 probationary employees and terminated grant agreements worth $20 billion.

Project 2025 has been methodically checking off the boxes of its agenda. ICE, under “border Czar” Tom Homan is cranking up its activities; private prison corporations and companies providing infrastructure for ICE are profiting handsomely; and, the Department of Homeland Security eliminated its Office for Civil Rights and Civil Liberties, while also dissolving the Office of Immigration Detention Ombudsman and the Office of the Citizenship and Immigration Services Ombudsman. Media companies and individual journalists are under attack.

GPAHE noted that when Bash When Bash “pressed Vought about pending Project 2025 recommendations — ‘eliminating the Fed, privatizing Fannie and Freddy, banning medication abortion’ — his response carried the careful ambiguity of calculated evasion. ‘What’s on the agenda is what the president has put on the agenda, most of which he ran on,’ he replied, neither confirming nor denying while maintaining the fiction of presidential originality. Vought’s Sunday CNN performance was pure political theater designed to obscure systematic policy execution of a document designed to foment authoritarianism and Christian nationalist policies.”

The Trump administration and its allies have been working at breakneck speed to implement Project 2025. The administration’s work is serving as a rallying cry for Trump’s White supremacist allies, who see the Project’s successes as a much-welcomed blueprint for authoritarianism and an attractive recruiting tool.

The post Project 2025: Five Months in, Trump’s Shock Doctrine Is Delivering first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Bill Berkowitz.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/13/project-2025-five-months-in-trumps-shock-doctrine-is-delivering/feed/ 0 538588
An “In” on Getting in Small Town Newspapers https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/24/an-in-on-getting-in-small-town-newspapers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/24/an-in-on-getting-in-small-town-newspapers/#respond Sat, 24 May 2025 15:12:43 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158439 Thousand-word Opinion Editorials are a fine thing to pen, and you can cover a lot of ground in this amount of verbiage. Normally, local rags limit letters to the editor to 300 words, and alas, in this sound bite sort of scrolling-on-the-screen culture, going over a 500-words limit is the kiss of death — you […]

The post An “In” on Getting in Small Town Newspapers first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Thousand-word Opinion Editorials are a fine thing to pen, and you can cover a lot of ground in this amount of verbiage. Normally, local rags limit letters to the editor to 300 words, and alas, in this sound bite sort of scrolling-on-the-screen culture, going over a 500-words limit is the kiss of death — you lose your reader.

But there is a method and mad dash of hope in this formula of once-a-month tributes to hard work, that is, highlighting the hard work of “heroes” in this hard land of penury and disaster and predatory (retaliatory) capitalism.

Today’s piece in my local rag (5/21) is emblematic of my own proof that we can fight the surge of shallow thinking and even shallower writing.

Here, just heading home from assisting at the 60+ Center (senior adult center), I caught this show, on the radio station where I broadcast my own Wednesday show, Finding Fringe. 6 PM, PST, streaming live on kyaq.org.

Hard work of reporting: Thirsting for Justice: East Orosi’s Struggle for Clean Drinking Water (Encore)

Over a blue-tinted map of East Orosi, California, hands hold a sign reading, "My family spends $65 on our water bill for toxic water," with an orange outline.

East Orosi hasn’t had safe drinking water in over 20 years. The water is full of nitrates, runoff from industrial agriculture, which is harmful to human health. The community has taken action to find a solution, from lobbying at the state capital to working with neighboring towns.

And they may finally have one. New California laws, passed  in the last five years, have opened up funding to build water infrastructure in small towns like East Orosi. But even as laws and funding develop, implementation has been challenging.

We visit East Orosi and talk to Berta Diaz Ochoa about what it’s like living without clean drinking water and the solutions on the horizon in part one of a two part series. — Listen.

Learn More:

So, imagine, a sound bite around the issues of field workers pulling up crops that are destroying healthy water systems, forcing them to have to drink that toxic water or paying for bottled water to survive. Is water a human right? In California is it.

A person holding a "Justicia para East Orosi" sign

So, take ANY community, not just the fenceline ones, the communities that are in the sights of the perveyors of criminal capitalism because they are poor and probably BIPOC, and then find how infrastructure and services and even bloody retail enterprises like pharmacies or grocery stores are being gutted by Capitalism, pre-Trump/post-Trump.

You have any axes to grind? You live in a flyover state or rural community?

Students walk across the street in rural America

Here,

Stop trying to save Rural America.

Efforts to write it off as “disappearing” are complicated by the 60 million Americans who call a rural community home.

We must recognize that innovation, diversity of ideas and people, and new concepts don’t need to be imported to rural communities – they’re already there. Rural entrepreneurs and community leaders have always, by necessity, been innovative.

Rural communities have faced some harsh realities in the last generation: they’ve seen manufacturing move overseas, farming monopolized by big outfits with only 5% of rural residents working in agriculture, generational migration to bigger cities, school consolidation, and the absence of basic community resources such as health care and broadband, and, more recently, threats to the lifeline that is the U.S. Postal Service. This, and the pandemic.

Every brightly lit corporate store on the edge of town is a monument to a system that does not build community or advance a healthy entrepreneurial ecosystem.

And before the super out-of-touch elite from err, New York City call us bumkins, get over it: Don’t Blame Rural Residents for a Broken Political System

While noting the decades of gerrymandering to enhance the power of rural officials, New York magazine author Ed Kilgore concludes, “Underlying it all are real differences in outlook between different parts of the country, made more important by the distinct institutional features of a constitutional system designed to protect the interests of small, largely nonmetropolitan states.”

Sorry, Ed; the values of citizens of rural areas have as much to do with school violence and immigration resistance as do video games. In fact, Kilgore undermines his own argument by citing Ronald Brownstein’s analysis in the Atlantic of the red-blue divide. Alas, the same Ronald Brownstein reported on CNN just one week later that a prosperity gap was the source of the split between Democrats and Republicans. “Observers in both parties agree that the sense of economic displacement in recent years has intensified the long-standing movement toward the GOP among small-town and rural communities initially rooted in unease over cultural and demographic change.” It’s fair to observe that gun-loving nativists did not create the dismal economic prospects that drove them to vote for candidate Trump.

It is true that after years of civic disengagement, rural voters turned out in record numbers to elect the only coastal elitist who showed up in their communities and asked for their votes. So, Trump won and Clinton lost. Beyond that, any generalization about the impact of rural citizens on national politics is just horsepucky. Rural citizens didn’t create the electoral system that permits unlimited campaign donations to state officials who draw Congressional districts to favor entrenched wealth. In fact, rural citizens are the victims of gerrymandering as much as any disenfranchised cohort that ends up in a noncompetitive legislative district.

Alas, here’s the Google Gulag AI response to “all the problems in rural America”:

Rural communities face numerous interconnected challenges that can be described as “broken systems” due to a combination of historical disinvestment, geographic isolation, and economic shifts.

Here’s a breakdown of some key broken systems in rural communities:
1. Healthcare:

Limited Access: Rural areas often have a shortage of healthcare providers, specialists, and hospitals, forcing residents to travel long distances for care.

Hospital Closures: Rural hospitals are closing at an alarming rate due to financial difficulties and staffing shortages, further limiting access to care.

Lack of Services: Rural areas may lack crucial services like mental health care, substance abuse treatment, and specialized medical care.

2. Economic Systems:

Job Losses: Rural communities have experienced significant job losses due to the decline of manufacturing and agriculture, leading to higher unemployment and poverty rates.

Limited Opportunities: A lack of diverse industries and businesses can limit economic opportunities for residents, particularly young people.
Brain Drain: Young, educated individuals often leave rural areas for better opportunities in urban centers, further weakening the local economy.

3. Infrastructure:

Poor Broadband Access: Many rural areas lack access to reliable, high-speed internet, hindering economic development, education, and access to telehealth.

Inadequate Transportation: Limited public transportation options can isolate residents and make it difficult to access jobs, healthcare, and other essential services.

Aging Infrastructure: Rural areas may have aging infrastructure, including roads, bridges, and water systems, which require significant investment to repair and upgrade.

4. Education:

School Consolidation: Rural schools have been consolidated, leading to longer commutes for students and the loss of local schools as community anchors.

Funding Challenges: Rural schools often face funding challenges, which can impact the quality of education and available resources.

Teacher Shortages: Rural schools may have difficulty attracting and retaining qualified teachers, impacting student outcomes.

5. Social Systems:

Social Isolation: Geographic isolation and limited social opportunities can contribute to social isolation and mental health challenges for residents.

Lack of Community Resources: Rural areas may lack access to essential community resources such as libraries, childcare facilities, and recreational opportunities.

It’s important to note: These “broken systems” are interconnected and often exacerbate each other. The challenges faced by rural communities vary depending on location, demographics, and economic conditions.
Addressing these challenges requires a multi-faceted approach involving government, businesses, non-profit organizations, and community members.

+–+ Here is May 21st’s piece.

Identify, Diversify, and Harmonize How We Think this May

By Paul Haeder/Lincoln County (Oregon) Leader
Lincoln County Leader revived | News | newportnewstimes.comOne may wonder how the heck did we get all these national and international days of celebration. It is a feature of Homo sapiens to celebrate accomplishments and honor causes and individuals who make the world, well, theoretically a better place.

May is no exception, and of course, the International Workers’ Day is May 1. In this time of rampant hatred of so many professions by Trump and Company, it goes without saying that his shallow but deeply narcissistic persona just will never grasp the value of the worker.

His entire raison d’être is about tearing down and imploding institutions and attacking individuals for which he deems “the enemy.”

The billionaire classless cabal sees workers as the enemy. And the goals of the International Workingmen’s Association in 1864 were clear: Shorter work hours; safer work environment; fair wages; elimination of child labor; the ability for the state to regulate labor conditions.

Ironically, I was in Ashland on International Firefighters Day, talking to two captains in the city’s two fire stations. I was told that a few years ago firefighters responded to 1,600 calls annually. Last year, Ashland’s stations went out over six thousand times.

Aging in place and lack of family and support precipitates many of the EMT calls. And a fire engine they are waiting for is still four years out, to the tune of $2 million once it’s completely outfitted.

If you watch the milquetoast mainstream media, you will have recalled the Accused Sexual Predator Trump made a mockery of National Teacher Day by laughing at all the cuts to the hundreds of educational initiatives smart and reasoned individuals over decades had initiated for the betterment of society through the intellectual progress of our youth.

Another group of workers in the bulls eye of Musk, Thiel, Stephen Miller and Vance/Trump is nursing professionals. We see the almost total breakdown of nursing and doctoring in Lincoln County because of the hard reality of a for-profit health care system putting profits over patients. Add to that the lack of affordable housing, and rural counties throughout the land are suffering massive nursing and doctor shortages.

Teacher Appreciation Day

Which then brings us to National Day of Reason, where groups of people see the value in enlightened thinking. You know, valuing the separation of church and state, which for all intents and purposes under this fascist regime has been imploded into a crusade against reasoned thinkers who do not see prayer or faith as central to their lives.

Humanists and Secularists created this National Day in response to the national day of prayer.

Celebrations have taken the form of blood drives, secular events and activities, and in some cases, protests against the National Day of Prayer. Imagine Trump and Company having the wherewithal to wrap their heads around this celebration – the Secular Week of Action when people volunteer to make the world a better place.

National Day of Reason – Secular Hub Blog

Two not necessarily different international recognition days in May include World Day for Cultural Diversity and International Day for Biological Diversity. Did you get the memo yet that Trump-Vance are on the attack against affirmative action and ecological health.

World Day for Cultural Diversity

In fact, on the biodiversity front, Trump and Company have “redefined” harm as it is applied to the Endangered Species Act. This pinhead thinking is just the tip of the iceberg of clownish but dangerous moves.

Defenders of Wildlife explains:

“Trump administration is hell-bent on destroying the ESA  to further line the pockets of industry. The vast majority of imperiled wildlife listed as endangered or threatened under the ESA are there because of loss of habitat. This latest salvo to redefine ‘harm’ to eliminate protection for wildlife from habitat destruction, if successful, will further imperil threatened and endangered species. We will fight this action and continue to protect the wildlife and wild places we hold dear as a nation.”

International Day for Biological Diversity - Bell Museum

Are you seeing the pattern carried out by billionaires such as Miriam Adelson, Larry Fink and Larry Ellison? Given the fact half of American cities are under air advisories, we have International Asthma Day to lend pause to how destructive these executive actions have been and will continue to be decades from now.

‘Harm’ is what unchecked air pollution in many forms continues to do to young and old. Harmful air advisories come in daily, and the fear is that Trump will just ban the notifications as a way to say, “See, I have cleaned up the air since there are no more warnings.”

Maybe we can pray the polluted air away.

The backers of Trump’s ideal America will see our “secular humanist” society based on science and reason destroyed. The Ten Commandments will form the basis of the legal system.

Finally, we have World Press Freedom Day. If you have any deep regard for the so-called Fourth Estate, then shivers should be running up your spine under this anti-journalist regime.

Mickey Huff of Project Censored states press freedom succinctly:

“We have to remember that it’s the independent media that is often the grassroots voice of the people. It is often the independent press that is operating on ethical standards and principles, and it is the independent press that is reporting in the public interest, not the corporate media.”

Diversify your news media diets. Find independent outlets, and for journalists, we need to reform the media and create better avenues for news reporting, including better accuracy and what we call “solutions journalism,” which creates truly constructive dialogue in our communities.

World Press Freedom Day Is Observed on May 3 | Cultural Survival

*****

Footnote: And not one mention of the genocide in Gaza, the trillions stolen from Arab nations’ populations, the trillions stolen from citizens of Canada, EU, USA, for the starvation and immolation and rape of a people.

There are no other topics to write about with the same amount of importance that Palestine conveys, from every aspect of War Terror of the Capitalists of both Jewish and Goyim descent.

Colleagues and family members pray over the body of Al Jazeera cameraman Samer Abu Daqa, who was killed during Israeli bombardment, during his funeral in Khan Yunis on the southern Gaza Strip.

The post An “In” on Getting in Small Town Newspapers first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Paul Haeder.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/24/an-in-on-getting-in-small-town-newspapers/feed/ 0 534753
Photographer Caroline Tompkins on being delusional (in a good way) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/photographer-caroline-tompkins-on-being-delusional-in-a-good-way/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/photographer-caroline-tompkins-on-being-delusional-in-a-good-way/#respond Mon, 12 May 2025 07:00:00 +0000 https://thecreativeindependent.com/people/photographer-caroline-tompkins-on-being-delusional-in-a-good-way Are there any questions that you’ve been asking yourself lately, or themes you feel drawn to?

“How do you have fun?” That’s a question I’ve been asking. I’ve been in a phase of wanting to be the one orchestrating as opposed to reacting to whatever’s coming to me.

I think of work for money versus the work for myself as two separate worlds. I got an agent a year ago. They’re helping me navigate the commercial world, which is strange compared to editorial. It’s about the client experience, being this product or service. I’ve been thinking, “What’s my product?” and “What’s my service?” and “What makes me different to work with than anyone else?”

With editorial, it’s more transactional. You’re asked, “Hey, do you want to shoot a portrait of some celebrity on Tuesday?” With commercial work, it’s more like you get the opportunity to present your work to them. Once you get that opportunity, you have to really prove that you’re valuable enough to be hired. I get it. There’s bigger budgets, bigger stakes.

When you get an idea, how do you start working with it?

I think about the things I talk about at parties or what I click on on the internet.

Our search history says so much about ourselves.

That’s where the root of personal work should come from. My book Bedfellow was really about gender and relationships, and trying to explore this complicated relationship with men. It was the age of the “men are trash” narrative on the internet. I didn’t believe the “men are trash” thing, but I didn’t feel like it was the opposite either. I wanted to explore that gray area and make pictures of sexual experiences, or see what desire from a female perspective looks like.

After Bedfellow, I went back to the drawing board a bit to figure out what I’m interested in now. I thought maybe… climate change? But I’m not talking about that at parties, I’m talking about why am I still obsessed with the movie American Pie. I’ve realized I’m still interested in the same things: gender, sex, and power. So that’s what I’ve been focused on in pursuing new work.

It’s admirable to pursue ideas you are naturally drawn to versus something you think you should be doing.

I don’t know if this work will help me commercially, but it feeds my soul. I was talking to this guy at this party and he said, “People who work enjoy the party more.” I’ve been thinking about it a lot. It works oppositely too. You have to work to enjoy the party, and you have to go to the party to enjoy the work.

How do you structure your schedule between personal work and commercial jobs?

Some weeks are better than others. I really suffer from work addiction, and I can have really bad work boundaries. I used to do $100 all-in editorial shoots that I would never show anybody, just because it felt good to be asked. It felt good to be thought of. Then when something came up that I was really excited about, I would totally flop because I had already drained the creative bank.

In the last couple of years, my boyfriend, friends, and therapists have really helped me in trying to balance that out. I’ve also been trying to build a team around me to help take some stuff off my plate. Last week, I canceled a bunch of plans because I had all of these unexpected deadlines. I had a mini spiral because I had chosen work over my friends again. It’s always one step forward and two steps back… Saying no used to make me feel guilty, but then I had this epiphany. Maybe it sounds trivial, but saying “no” is saying “yes” to something else.

What role does self-portraiture play in your work? I remember you mentioned in an interview that you included yourself in Bedfellow “to have skin in the game.”

It’s just easier to ask myself to be in the photo. I know what my boundaries are within it, and sometimes I have an idea and I can’t be bothered to ask anybody else. It’s convenient. But I don’t really think of self-portrait as a portrait. I’m just an available model. With Bedfellow, it was an extremely personal narrative, so I felt I should include myself as the narrator. If I’m asking people to participate in this story I want to tell, I want them to feel like it’s an even playing field.

I was really moved by how you reclaimed your own narrative around leaked nude photos with Bedfellow. You actively chose what images to include, versus somebody doing that for you.

I felt ashamed of it for a long time, but talking about it set me free in a way. I felt like I had this opportunity to speak about this objectively bad thing—having explicit photos of yourself on the internet without your consent—and create nuance around it, maybe even make someone laugh. If I’m going to be a “victim,” at least I can be funny about it.

When did you know you wanted to pursue photography?

When I was 13, I really wanted to be in punk bands in Ohio. I tried, but I just don’t have that skill for music. So I started taking photos of bands. I needed them to need me. I still use photography in the same way: to get access to people, communities, and lifestyles. Photography is the only thing I can’t scratch the itch with. The more I learn, the less I know. My YouTube searches and Reddit pages are still only about photography and lighting. I’m terrified I won’t be obsessed someday, but in my free time, photography is still the thing I choose.

What steps did you take to grow your career and find the right people to surround yourself with?

I went to school for photography at the School of Visual Arts, and I got really lucky with my friends there: Molly Matalon, Corey Olsen, Tim Schutsky, Bobby Doherty, and David Brandon Geeting. Then we’ve added some SVA honorary members like Chris Maggio, Ryan Lowry, and Tim McConnell. I got really lucky with a community from the start, which I think a lot of other photographers can really struggle to find. They’re my actual best friends and also happen to be photographers.

After school, I worked as a photo editor to pay off loans and learn about the industry. I didn’t have the luxury of uncertainty after school. I got this great opportunity to be employed and learn about the inner workings of the industry. How do you send an email? What is the client looking for? What do you say when a shoot doesn’t go well? How do you ask for more money? It was so helpful for me to get to work with so many different photographers and see what their process was like.

I don’t have any family financial support, so I always felt like, “I’m gonna fight to the death to make sure I survive.”

Do you ever feel competitive with your photographer friends?

We do different enough things with different niches. There were periods when Molly Matalon and I would get emails for the same job, and they’d forget to erase one of our names. So the email to me would say, “Hey Molly, we’ve got a great project for you.” I’ve been in triple bids against my best friends. It’s not something I let myself think about. Going on Instagram is a daily deluge of thousands of people you’re in competition with. I’m already dealing with the constant wave of, “You might make a ton of money tomorrow or you might not work for six months.”

How do you hold on to hope and excitement about an opportunity while also knowing that it might not actually happen?

That’s honestly one of my biggest struggles right now. I did a silent meditation retreat once. They kept repeating, “Desire is the first step in misery.” You can’t feel happy when you get the job and you can’t feel sad when you don’t get the job. You just have to realize your purpose on earth is to love others.

I think being delusional is helpful. I don’t have another path. I don’t believe that I could do anything else… I wake up every day, and despite knowing there’s thousands of talented photographers in the world, I’m delusional enough to think I’m going to succeed.

There’s delusion in conviction. Then looking back, it’s not so delusional to see all you’ve done.

I don’t feel like I’ve done anything. I taught a class that SVA called “How to Make It as a Working Photographer.” I didn’t choose that name. I was like, “Have I made it?”

What do you like to do outside of photography?

I love swimming and skiing. It’s a bit woo woo, but swimming feels spiritual to me. I grew up competitively swimming and got super burned out. I was sick of looking at that black line. Now, it feels like reclaiming something that felt like a chore… I like going out and dancing. I’ve made new friend groups out of that. I was truly only friends with photographers. Now I have a friend that’s a lawyer.

I think it makes life feel more expansive when you connect with people doing different things and have different interests.

I didn’t realize how much time I spent talking about photography and work with my friends. When someone’s new boyfriend or girlfriend would come into the group, they’d be like, “Wow, that’s really all you guys talk about.” My boyfriend will interrupt us now and say, “Okay guys, we don’t need to talk about treatments right now.”

What are the rewards of photography?

I worked in an office for five years as a photo editor. Going into an office every day crushed my soul a bit. I was meal prepping, working out at Equinox, and thinking about the clothes I could wear to the office and to hang with friends after. I wasn’t put on this earth to make a week’s worth of chickpeas for my office lunches. Now my life is so varied. I get access into places that no one else gets to go to. I have a lot of gratitude. Just in the last year, I’ve skied in Patagonia and swam in many oceans for work. I still can’t believe I get to do this.

Caroline Tompkins recommends:

Walking and Talking by Nicole Holofcener

Coming and Going by Jim Goldberg

Bread and Puppet Theater

Gifting someone you love a talisman

CCL mixes


This content originally appeared on The Creative Independent and was authored by Sheridan Wilbur.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/photographer-caroline-tompkins-on-being-delusional-in-a-good-way/feed/ 0 532425
100 days in, does Trump still ‘dig’ coal? https://grist.org/politics/100-days-in-does-trump-still-dig-coal/ https://grist.org/politics/100-days-in-does-trump-still-dig-coal/#respond Thu, 01 May 2025 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=664435 This story is part of a Grist package examining how President Trump’s first 100 days in office have reshaped climate and environmental policy in the U.S.

Jeffrey Willig doesn’t mine coal anymore. For nine years he worked underground, most recently for a company called Blackjewel, which laid off around 1,700 workers in June of 2019 without paying them. Robbed of their final paycheck, Willig and the others set up camp and blocked the company’s last trainload of “black gold” from leaving Harlan County, Kentucky, beginning what would be months of protest. They called on Democrats and Republicans alike for support, and received some, but ultimately were left disillusioned, spending years in court fighting for what they were owed. 

Their plight came during a wave of layoffs that has rocked coal country for more than a decade. When Willig heard Democrats discuss mine closures and extoll the growth of clean energy jobs, it frustrated him. “Say they want to do solar panels. That’s great,” Willig said. “But why don’t [they] put those type of jobs in our area? They don’t do that. That’s the problem.”  

Democratic party leaders and renewable energy advocates didn’t always seem to understand, he felt, how good a job mining could be. Willig earned $75,000 a year without a college degree, in a county with an annual per capita income not even one-third that. What’s more, it was fulfilling — hard work, and dangerous, but it came with unmatched camaraderie and pride in helping fuel the world. When those jobs were gone, he felt Democrats didn’t provide a clear answer to what would come after.

“They didn’t replace those jobs,” Willig said. “I had guys that I worked with who were good people, and loved their family and everything, and they lost homes.” One friend took his own life, unable to see a way forward to provide for his family.

Harlan County still has many active mines, but, like all of coal country, it has seen layoffs and bankruptcies cut the number of jobs by more than half since 2012. The reasons are complex, but, during his first 100 days in office, President Trump — who has promised to “unleash American energy” and “restore energy dominance” — has reprised a notion he first raised in 2016: Those jobs will come back if environmental and labor regulators simply get out of the way.

Last month, the president appeared with more than two dozen men wearing reflective stripes and hard hats to sign an executive order titled Reinvigorating America’s Beautiful Clean Coal Industry.  “We’re bringing back an industry that was abandoned,” Trump said. “With us today are some of the amazing workers who will benefit from these policies.”


If all of this sounds familiar, it’s because the president’s 2016 run made a star of the Appalachian coalfields. He made regular appearances there, promising to end the “war on coal” by reopening closed plants and reinvigorating the industry. The campaign, which preceded a swirl of national soul-searching that positioned the region, many argued too broadly, as “Trump Country,” featured rallies in West Virginia and Pennsylvania, where the candidate, met by signs declaring “Trump Digs Coal,” donned a hard hat and once pantomimed digging coal. 

“You’re real people,” Trump said at one event. “You made this country.”

President Trump surrounded himself with coal miners when he signed an executive order on April 8 declaring coal a critical mineral and calling for revitalization of an industry in decline.
Andrew Thomas / Middle East Images via AFP / Getty Images

Then, as now, the president was following an example set by politicians before him, said Lou Martin, a labor historian at Chatham University in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Candidates on both sides of the aisle, from FDR and Carter to Nixon and Trump, have dressed the part to campaign in Appalachia, where, despite its dangers, mining coal provided a middle-class living to generations of families.

“The coal miner has always been viewed as the epitome of hard work, a hardworking person who is noble and honest,” Martin said. Appalachia is a popular political backdrop because it is often seen as an epicenter of white rural poverty and “a recognizable world of suffering” for some voters. “Appalachia is seen as white in the national imagination,” he said, despite being home to a people from a diverse set of backgrounds for hundreds of years.   

At the same time, Martin said, the Eastern coalfields have often been stereotyped as both out of step with modernity and left behind by progress. “When somebody pays homage to coal miners it’s like saying, ‘I see you and I care about you.’” 

The order Trump signed on April 8 declares coal a “critical mineral,” a designation that requires a host of federal agencies, including the energy, treasury, and interior departments, to take steps to support the industry and eliminate regulations that hinder domestic production. Many of those gathered around Trump applauded the move, which comes even as the administration has taken steps to undermine mine safety and protection from black lung disease.

But little about the ceremony was representative of the working-class miners Trump’s campaigns have venerated, said Erin Bates, communications officer for the United Mine Workers of America. “Not a single one of those were union miners and most of them were management,” she said, men more likely wear sharp button-downs than hard hats and go to bed without having to shower first.

Bates wants to see mines remain open and miners remain at work, but she doubts the Trump administration can overcome the trends driving the sector’s downfall. Industry experts predicted in 2017 that the market forces sidelining coal were too strong and the its resurgence is unlikely, and so far they’ve been correct. The number of people working the nation’s coal mines has steadily declined from 89,000 or so in 2012 to about 41,300 today. Production fell 31 percent during Trump’s first term, and has continued that slide. 

“He hasn’t spoken about coal miners quite as much as he did in 2016,” Bates said of the president. “And I think that’s because he wasn’t able to follow through on a lot of things.”


The reason for that is simple: Demand has slowed as renewable energy and, to a larger extent, natural gas have grown cheaper, making coal an increasingly expensive proposition — even as the cost of maintaining the power plants that use has climbed. Such facilities provide 88 percent of the electricity in West Virginia, and the longer they run, the more residents will pay for energy, West Virginia Public Broadcasting reported. That’s got some ratepayers turning against the fossil fuel.

Utilities like Appalachian Power have continued to raise rates to keep up with repair costs. Others, like the Tennessee Valley Authority, are decommissioning aging and expensive coal-fired plants and turning to natural gas. Coal-powered electricity generation steadily declined during the first Trump administration, and continues apace. A recent report from the Institute for Energy Economics and Financial Analysis argued very few idled coal plants could be cheaply re-started, given high maintenance costs and the decreasing viability of coal power.

Given the domestic decline in consumption, many U.S. producers rely upon exports to countries like China — 14 percent of the nation’s coal went abroad in 2022 — but the trade war stemming from Trump’s tariffs threatens that lifeline.

Jeffrey Willig has long since left the coalfields for a manufacturing job. But he watches with a combination of frustration and hope as Democrats and Republicans alike promise to restore the fortunes of those who still work the mines. Scott Olson / Getty Images

Trump still enjoys broad support throughout eastern coalfields. “I think that he meant every word, he wanted to make the country more energy efficient. The guys that I worked with had high hopes,” Willig said, adding that he felt four years wasn’t enough time to enact real change.  

Cathy Davis Estep, a retired teacher and the daughter of a coal miner who lives in Harlan County, remains hopeful that Trump will revitalize the industry. She takes note, however, that the administration has targeted at least 33 Mine Safety and Health Administration offices, including the Harlan County location, for closure. This comes after years of staff reductions and budget cuts to the agency had already wrung it of much of its power. Miners and their advocates fear the closures will diminish an agency that’s improved safety over the past 50 years or so despite its shortcomings and could play a vital role protecting them as the Trump administration promotes coal and the nation scrambles to produce lithium and other metals.

Vonda Robinson is vice president of the Black Lung Association and feels she has a handle on what miners need. Her husband dug coal until he contracted the disease, which is caused by chronic exposure to silica dust, in his 40s. Now 58, he is awaiting a double lung transplant. Many others are awaiting diagnosis and treatment, but Trump administration policies have stymied them. “We’re gonna have coal, we’re gonna dig baby dig, but what upsets me is there’s not one thing about safety,” she said. “If we do not take care of our coal miners, we’re not gonna have a coal industry.” 

Miners’ health programs are shuttering, with immediate impacts, said Scott Laney, a National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, or NiOSH, epidemiologist. His staff was put on leave last month and expects to be fired in June. His research laid the groundwork for the federal silica rule, which limits exposure to the toxic dust. The rule was adopted last year, but has been placed on hold pending a legal challenge by the National Sand, Gravel, and Stone Association, and NiOSH cuts have held up enforcement regardless.

Laney’s research also supported the Coal Workers Health Surveillance Program, which provided free black lung screenings throughout Appalachia. “We currently are unable to accept X-rays from clinics for these miners, we’re unable to go out in the field,” he said. Nor can the program provide the documentation essential to allowing workers diagnosed with the disease to transfer to roles with less exposure to silica, as required by law.

“As we potentially increase coal production in the United States, we’re in the midst of the worst outbreak of black lung that we’ve seen in the last 50 years and we’re shutting down the health and safety programs to protect these miners who may be entering the industry for for the first time,” Laney said. “The protections that were granted to their fathers and their fathers’ fathers will not be afforded to them.” 

Even as Trump promises to revitalize an industry facing inevitable decline, its future remains uncertain. But Willig won’t be a part of it. He’s long since left the coalfields for a manufacturing job in Louisville, Kentucky. But he watches with a combination of frustration and hope as Democrats and Republicans alike promise to restore the fortunes of those who, like him, once enjoyed the middle class life that working underground once provided. 

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline 100 days in, does Trump still ‘dig’ coal? on May 1, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Katie Myers.

]]>
https://grist.org/politics/100-days-in-does-trump-still-dig-coal/feed/ 0 530497
“In His First 100 Days, Trump Did All He Could to Engineer a Recession,” says Groundwork’s Owens https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/in-his-first-100-days-trump-did-all-he-could-to-engineer-a-recession-says-groundworks-owens/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/in-his-first-100-days-trump-did-all-he-could-to-engineer-a-recession-says-groundworks-owens/#respond Tue, 29 Apr 2025 17:40:10 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/in-his-first-100-days-trump-did-all-he-could-to-engineer-a-recession-says-groundworks-owens The first months of President Donald Trump’s second term have been marked by chaotic policymaking and instability, which continues to bear out in the economic data. Today, consumer confidence data from the Conference Board showed a fifth straight month of decline, the worst since the COVID-19 pandemic, with consumer expectations at a 13-year low.

Additionally, the Expectations Index dropped to 54.4, the lowest level since October 2011, and well below the threshold of 80 that usually signals a recession. Expectations of inflation over the next year have climbed to 7.0%, the highest since November 2022.

Groundwork Executive Director Lindsay Owens released the following statement:

“Today’s numbers are sobering and signal that we are plunging headfirst into a recession. If this is the level of pain the president is willing to inflict on Americans in just a few short months, it’s no wonder that consumers and businesses are bracing themselves for a long, dark road ahead.
“This is a man-made crisis. In his first 100 days, Trump did all he could to engineer a recession.”

Email press@groundworkcollaborative.org to speak with a Groundwork expert about Trump’s economic mismanagement.

BACKGROUND

  • Consumer confidence fell by 7.9 points in April to 86.0, reaching its lowest point in 13 years. Meanwhile, the Expectations Index for the future dropped 12.5 points to 54.4, its lowest level since October 2011, and meets the threshold that typically signals an upcoming recession. Expectations about inflation over the next year have climbed to 7.0%, the highest since November 2022.
    • Final consumer sentiment data from the University of Michigan survey last week showed that economic expectations have fallen 32% since January, the steepest three-month percentage decline seen since the 1990 recession.
  • President Trump’s approval rating on the economy has plunged to new lows since he took office, while economic indicators continue to show he is pushing the economy toward a recession.
    • A Gallup poll last week showed that for the first time in at least 25 years, a majority of Americans (53%) said their personal financial situation was getting worse. This is higher than the Great Recession, the pandemic, and when inflation peaked in the summer of 2022.
  • Businesses are similarly experiencing rising uncertainty under Trump. The NFIB Small Business Optimism Index dropped 3.3 points to 97.4 in March 2025, marking its lowest level since October 2024, and falling below market expectations, which had forecasted a reading of 101.3.
    • The term “recession” was mentioned on 44% of earnings calls in the first quarter of this year. Only 3% of earnings calls mentioned “recession” in the last quarter of 2024.
    • Additionally, Trump’s promised manufacturing boom hasn’t just failed to materialize – the sector as a whole is weakening.
  • Economic growth is also projected to take a significant hit due to Trump’s policies. The Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta’s gold-adjusted GDPNow tracker projects that the economy will shrink by 1.5% in the first quarter of this year.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/in-his-first-100-days-trump-did-all-he-could-to-engineer-a-recession-says-groundworks-owens/feed/ 0 530166
Amnesty International opens Hong Kong section ‘in exile’ https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/04/15/amnesty-hong-kong-exile/ https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/04/15/amnesty-hong-kong-exile/#respond Tue, 15 Apr 2025 17:15:33 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/04/15/amnesty-hong-kong-exile/ Human rights group Amnesty International said Tuesday it is opening a new Hong Kong section overseas, three years after closing its office in the territory because of a Chinese crackdown on civil society.

Amnesty International Hong Kong Overseas (AIHKO), will be led by Hong Kong diaspora activists operating from key international hubs including Australia, Canada, Taiwan, the United Kingdom and the United States, Amnesty said in a statement.

“The gutting of Hong Kong’s civil society has been a tragedy for the city with more than 100 non-profits and media outlets shut down or forced to flee,” the statement said. “We are now ready to intensify our efforts by building new communities of support driven by the Hong Kong diaspora.”

Amnesty said that since pro-democracy protests in 2019, more than 10,000 people, many of them students, have been arrested for protest-related activities. Over 300 people have been arrested for alleged acts of “endangering national security.”

It said that AIHKO is Amnesty International’s first-ever section founded and operated entirely “in exile.”

“Being overseas provides us with a degree of protection, allowing us to speak more freely and engage in advocacy work. We have a responsibility to do more to support those who remain in Hong Kong and continue their vital efforts,” Fernando Cheung, AIHKO board member and former Hong Kong legislator, was quoted as saying.

The U.K.-based human rights group was founded in 1961 with particular focus on the plight of political prisoners. Amnesty International’s local office in Hong Kong ceased operations on Oct. 31, 2021.

AIHKO, which is officially registered in Switzerland, will focus on advocating for human rights of Hong Kongers, within Hong Kong and abroad, the statement said.

Hong Kong was once a bastion of free media and expression in Asia, qualities that helped make it an international financial center and a regional hub for journalism and civil society groups.

But demonstrations in 2019 against Beijing’s encroachment on Hong Kong’s freedoms led to the passage of a national security law in 2020 that stifled dissent, making life increasingly precarious for independent groups that criticized China.

Radio Free Asia closed in its Hong Kong bureau in March 2024, saying the city’s recently amended national security law, also known as “Article 23,” had raised safety concerns for its reporters and staff members.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Staff.

]]>
https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/04/15/amnesty-hong-kong-exile/feed/ 0 525887
Police are violently attack protesters in Türkiye https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/24/police-are-violently-attack-protesters-in-turkiye/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/24/police-are-violently-attack-protesters-in-turkiye/#respond Mon, 24 Mar 2025 17:33:10 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=b56f0c13d566d34f0813711a8919e795
This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/24/police-are-violently-attack-protesters-in-turkiye/feed/ 0 521168
Cleveland Rocks (In Some Ways Trump Should But Doesn’t) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/24/cleveland-rocks-in-some-ways-trump-should-but-doesnt/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/24/cleveland-rocks-in-some-ways-trump-should-but-doesnt/#respond Mon, 24 Mar 2025 05:35:17 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=358289 I might have missed Grover Cleveland’s 188th birthday on March 18 if Paul Jacob hadn’t pointed it out in his own column on the man who (as Jacob mentions) many libertarians consider “the last great president of these United States.” I don’t consider the presidency a venue for greatness, but as presidents go “Big Steve” More

The post Cleveland Rocks (In Some Ways Trump Should But Doesn’t) appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>
I might have missed Grover Cleveland’s 188th birthday on March 18 if Paul Jacob hadn’t pointed it out in his own column on the man who (as Jacob mentions) many libertarians consider “the last great president of these United States.” I don’t consider the presidency a venue for greatness, but as presidents go “Big Steve” was arguably one of the least bad.

Cleveland, of course, has been noticed lately for some of his similarities with Trump. He was the first, and until Trump the only, president to serve two non-consecutive terms. Like Trump, he was a New York Democrat. And, like, Trump he won his first presidential election despite a sex scandal — although unlike Trump he openly admitted his past conduct (he’d fathered a child out of wedlock, something more scandalous then than now).

The differences between the two, however, are more interesting.

On foreign policy, Cleveland was an anti-imperialist who opposed the US annexation of Hawaii. He never seems to have considered adding, say, Greenland or Canada to the constellation of American states. Trump’s an imperialist in practice who occasionally talks a not very convincing non-interventionist game while somehow managing to escalate every conflict he inherits and who couldn’t be bothered to complete his negotiated withdrawal from Afghanistan before leaving office the first time.

On tax policy, Trump calls himself “Tariff Man” and seems determined to wreck the US economy with his capricious demand-then-back-down approach to foreign trade. Cleveland worked to lower tariffs, and laid out the irrefutable case against them to American workers who thought such taxes “protected” their jobs:

“Those who buy imports pay the duty charged thereon into the public Treasury, but the great majority of our citizens, who buy domestic articles of the same class, pay a sum at least approximately equal to this duty to the home manufacturer. … with slight reflection they will not overlook the fact that they are consumers with the rest …”

Perhaps the biggest differences, both of which informed Cleveland’s opposition to high tariffs and Trump’s support for them:

First, in Cleveland’s time, the federal government enjoyed an increasing budget surplus rather than continuing deficits, while Trump inherited a government $20 trillion in debt and left office the first time with that debt at more than $28 trillion.

Second, Cleveland opposed the “spoils” system under which the party in power rewarded its supporters with government jobs and contracts. He wanted a “civil service” based on competence rather than partisan loyalty, and considered the tariff-fueled budget surplus a problem because it made so much money available to pay for those “spoils.”

Trump, on the other hand, clearly sees government employment as “spoils” candy to be handed out on the basis of personal loyalty.  And since his biggest supporters are among the American wealth elite, he gets a “two-fer” by taxing your purchases of foreign goods to their advantage (revenue) while rewarding less well-heeled loyalists with those government jobs (spending).

We could use a man like Grover Cleveland again. Too bad we got another Herbert Hoover.

The post Cleveland Rocks (In Some Ways Trump Should But Doesn’t) appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Thomas Knapp.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/24/cleveland-rocks-in-some-ways-trump-should-but-doesnt/feed/ 0 521007
20 weeks in, Kaiser’s mental healthcare workers’ strike prompts Gov. Newsom to intervene https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/05/20-weeks-in-kaisers-mental-healthcare-workers-strike-prompts-gov-newsom-to-intervene/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/05/20-weeks-in-kaisers-mental-healthcare-workers-strike-prompts-gov-newsom-to-intervene/#respond Wed, 05 Mar 2025 22:42:28 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332214 Psychologists, therapists and other mental health professionals who work for Kaiser Permanente across Southern California walk a picket line at Kaiser Permanente Los Angeles Medical Center on Monday, Oct. 21, 2024 in Los Angeles, CA. Brian van der Brug / Los Angeles Times via Getty ImagesWith contract negotiations in deadlock, Kaiser workers have been on strike for five months—and they won’t relent until their demands for patient care and workers’ pensions are met.]]> Psychologists, therapists and other mental health professionals who work for Kaiser Permanente across Southern California walk a picket line at Kaiser Permanente Los Angeles Medical Center on Monday, Oct. 21, 2024 in Los Angeles, CA. Brian van der Brug / Los Angeles Times via Getty Images

A strike by Southern California healthcare workers at Kaiser organized under the National Union of Healthcare Workers (NUHW) has now carried on for 20 weeks, prompting the intervention of California Governor Gavin Newsom. After months of deadlock, Kaiser refused to yield to workers’ demands for pensions and adequate time to attend to patient care duties. Over a month after Newsom’s office offered to bring both sides into mediation, Kaiser finally agreed to sit down with the Governor’s mediators, with sessions beginning on March 10. Mental health patients in particular have been left in the lurch by Kaiser’s intransigence, and the crisis is only worsening as the aftermath of the recent Los Angeles wildfires takes its toll on the area’s residents. Working People co-host Mel Buer investigates the ongoing strike in this interview with Kaiser workers Jessica Rentz and Adriana Webb.

Editor’s note: this episode was recorded on February 25, 2025, before Kaiser agreed to mediation on March 3, 2025.

Additional links/info: 

Links to support the strike:

Permanent links below…

Featured Music…

  • Jules Taylor, “Working People” Theme Song

Studio Production:
Post-Production: Jules Taylor


Transcript

The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Mel Buer.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/05/20-weeks-in-kaisers-mental-healthcare-workers-strike-prompts-gov-newsom-to-intervene/feed/ 0 518202
Global protests in support of Ukraine https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/global-protests-in-support-of-ukraine-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/global-protests-in-support-of-ukraine-2/#respond Tue, 25 Feb 2025 17:37:56 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?guid=41b8991157dce146e86d7f77b49d63bc
This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/global-protests-in-support-of-ukraine-2/feed/ 0 516197
Global protests in support of Ukraine https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/global-protests-in-support-of-ukraine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/global-protests-in-support-of-ukraine/#respond Tue, 25 Feb 2025 17:37:56 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=41b8991157dce146e86d7f77b49d63bc
This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/global-protests-in-support-of-ukraine/feed/ 0 515155
Russia Closing In, Volunteers Rush To Get Children Out | Ukraine Front Line Update https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/19/amid-russian-assault-ukrainian-children-evacuated-from-pokrovsk/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/19/amid-russian-assault-ukrainian-children-evacuated-from-pokrovsk/#respond Sun, 19 Jan 2025 09:44:44 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=73202bd7c597d787e2c9b672f2820eea
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/19/amid-russian-assault-ukrainian-children-evacuated-from-pokrovsk/feed/ 0 510288
‘In my early days, I was reckless,’ says Pultizer winner Manny Mogato https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/in-my-early-days-i-was-reckless-says-pultizer-winner-manny-mogato/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/in-my-early-days-i-was-reckless-says-pultizer-winner-manny-mogato/#respond Mon, 13 Jan 2025 02:23:32 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=109310 By Ria de Borja in Manila

For 30 years, Filipino journalist Manny “Bok” Mogato covered the police and defence rounds, and everything from politics to foreign relations, sports, and entertainment, eventually bagging one of journalism’s top prizes — the Pulitzer in 2018, for his reporting on Duterte’s drug war along with two other Reuters correspondents, Andrew Marshall and Clare Baldwin.

For Mogato it was time for him to “write it all down,” and so he did, launching the autobiography It’s Me, Bok! Journeys in Journalism in October 2024.

Mogato told Rappler, he wanted to “write it all down before I forget and impart my knowledge to the youth, young journalists, so they won’t make the same mistakes that I did”.

His career has spanned many organisations, including the Journal group, The Manila Chronicle, The Manila Times, Japan’s Asahi Shimbun, and Rappler. Outside of journalism, he also serves as a consultant for Cignal TV.

Recently, we sat down with Mogato to talk about his career — a preview of what you might be able to read in his book — and pick out a few lessons for today’s journalists, as well as his views on the country today.

You’ve covered so many beats. Which beat did you enjoy covering most? 

Manny Mogato: The military. Technically, I was assigned to the military defence beat for only a few years, from 1987 to 1992. In early 1990, FVR (Fidel V. Ramos) was running for president, and I was made to cover his campaign.

When he won, I was assigned to cover the military, and I went back to the defence beat because I had so many friends there.

‘We faced several coups’
I really enjoyed it and still enjoy it because you go to places, to military camps. And then I also covered the defence beat at the most crucial and turbulent period in our history — when we faced several coups.

Rappler: You have mellowed through the years as a reporter. You chronicled in your book that when you were younger, you were learning the first two years about the police beat and then transferred to another publication.

How did your reporting style mellow, or did it grow? Did you become more curious or did you become less curious? Over the years as a reporter, did you become more or less interested in what was happening around you?

How would you describe your process then?

"It's me, Bok!": Journeys in Journalism
“It’s me, Bok!”: Journeys in Journalism cover. Image: The Flame

MM: Curiosity is the word I would use. So, from the start until now, I am still curious about things happening around me. Exciting things, interesting things.

But if you read the book, you’ll see I’ve mellowed a lot because I was very reckless during my younger days.

I would go on assignments without asking permission from my office. For instance, there was this hostage-taking incident in Zamboanga, where a policeman held hostages of several officers, including a general and a colonel.

So when I learned that, I volunteered to go without asking permission from my office. I only had 100 pesos (NZ$3) in my pocket. And so what I did, I saw the soldiers loading bullets into the boxes and I picked up one box and carried it.

Hostage crisis with one tee
So when the aircraft was already airborne, they found out I was there, and so I just sat somewhere, and I covered the hostage crisis for three to four days with only one T-shirt.

Reporters in Zamboanga were kind enough to lend me T-shirts. They also bought me underpants. I slept in the headquarters crisis. And then later, restaurants. Alavar is a very popular seafood restaurant in Zamboanga. I slept there. So when the crisis was over, I came back. At that time, the Chronicle and ABS-CBN were sister companies.

When I returned to Manila, my editor gave me a commendation — but looking back . . . I just had to get a story.

Rappler: So that is what drives you?

MM: Yes, I have to get the story. I will do this on my own. I have to be ahead of the others. In 1987, when a PAL flight to Baguio City crashed, killing all 50 people on board, including the crew and the passengers, I was sent by my office to Baguio to cover the incident.

But the crash site was in Benguet, in the mountains. So I went there to the mountains. And then the Igorots were in that area, living in that area.

I was with other reporters and mountaineering clubs. We decided to go back because we were surrounded by the Igorots [who made it difficult for us to do our jobs]. Luckily, the Lopezes had a helicopter and [we] were the first to take photos.

‘I saw the bad side of police’
Rappler: Why are military and defense your favourite beats to cover?

MM: I started my career in 1983/1984, as a police reporter. So I know my way around the police. And I have many good friends in the police. I saw the bad side of the police, the dark side, corruption, and everything.

I also saw the military in the most turbulent period of our history when I was assigned to the military. So I saw good guys, I saw terrible guys. I saw everything in the military, and I made friends with them. It’s exciting to cover the military, the insurgency, the NPAs (New People’s Army rebels), and the secessionist movement.

You have to gain the trust of the soldiers of your sources. And if you don’t have trust, writing a story is impossible; it becomes a motherhood statement. But if you go deeper, dig deeper, you make friends, they trust you, you get more stories, you get the inside story, you get the background story, you get the top secret stories.

Because I made good friends with senior officers during my time, they can show me confidential memorandums and confidential reports, and I write about them.

I have made friends with so many of these police and military men. It started when they were lieutenants, then majors, and then generals. We’d go out together, have dinner or some drinks somewhere, and discuss everything, and they will tell you some secrets.

Before, you’d get paid 50 pesos (NZ$1.50) as a journalist every week by the police. Eventually, I had to say no and avoid groups of people engaging in this corruption. Reuters wouldn’t have hired me if I’d continued.

Rappler: With everything that you have seen in your career, what do you think is the actual state of humanity? Because you’ve seen hideous things, I’m sure. And very corrupt things. What do you think of people? 

‘The Filipinos are selfish’
MM:
Well, I can speak of the Filipino people. The Filipinos are selfish. They are only after their own welfare. There is no humanity in the Filipino mentality. They’re pulling each other down all the time.

I went on a trip with my family to Japan in 2018. My son left his sling bag on the Shinkansen. So we returned to the train station and said my son had left his bag there. The people at the train station told us that we could get the bag in Tokyo.

So we went to Tokyo and recovered the bag. Everything was intact, including my money, the password, everything.

So, there are crises, disasters, and ayuda (aid) in other places. And the people only get what they need, no? In the Philippines, that isn’t the case. So that’s humanity [here]. It isn’t very pleasant for us Filipinos.

Rappler: Is there anything good?

MM: Everyone was sharing during the EDSA Revolution, sharing stories, and sharing everything. They forgot themselves. And they acted as a community known against Marcos in 1986. That is very telling and redeeming. But after that… [I can’t think of anything else that is good.]

Rappler: What is the one story you are particularly fond of that you did or something you like or are proud of? 

War on drugs, and typhoon Yolanda
MM:
On drugs, my contribution to the Reuters series, and my police stories. Also, typhoon Yolanda in 2013. We left Manila on November 9, a day after the typhoon. We brought much equipment — generator sets, big cameras, food supply, everything.

But the thing is, you have to travel light. There are relief goods for the victims and other needs. When we arrived at the airport, we were shocked. Everything was destroyed. So we had to stay in the airport for the night and sleep.

We slept under the rain the entire time for the next three days. Upon arrival at the airport, we interviewed the police regional commander. Our report, I think, moved the international community to respond to the extended damage and casualties. My report that 10,000 people had died was nominated for the Society Publishers in Asia in Hong Kong.

Every day, we had to walk from the airport eight to 10 kilometers away, and along the way, we saw the people who were living outside their homes. And there was looting all over.

Rappler: There is a part in your book where you mentioned the corruption of journalists, right? And reporters. What do you mean by corruption? 

MM: Simple tokens are okay to accept. When I was with Reuters, its gift policy was that you could only accept gifts as much as $50. Anything more than $50 is already a bribe. There are things that you can buy on your own, things you can afford. Other publications, like The New York Times, The Washington Post, and Associated Press [nes agency], have a $0 gift policy. We have this gift-giving culture in our culture. It’s Oriental.

If you can pay your own way, you should do it.

Rappler: Tell us more about winning the Pulitzer Prize.

Most winners are American, American issues
MM:
I did not expect to win this American-centric award. Most of the winners are Americans and American stories, American issues. But it so happened this was international reporting. There were so many other stories that were worth the win.

The story is about the Philippines and the drug war. And we didn’t expect a lot of interest in that kind of story. So perhaps we were just lucky that we were awarded the Pulitzer Prize. In the Society of Publishers in Asia, in Hong Kong, the same stories were also nominated for investigative journalism. So we were not expecting that Pulitzer would pay attention.

The idea of the drug war was not the work of only three people: Andrew Marshal, Clare Baldwin and me. No, it was a team effort.

Rappler: What was your specific contribution?

MM: Andrew and Clare were immersed in different communities in Manila, Tondo, and Navotas City, interviewing victims and families and everybody, everyone else. On the other hand, my role was on the police.

I got the police comments and official police comments and also talked to police sources who would give us the inside story — the inside story of the drug war. So I have a good friend, a retired police general who was from the intelligence service, and he knew all about this drug war — mechanics, plan, reward system, and everything that they were doing. So, he reported about the drug war.

The actual drug war was what the late General Rodolfo Mendoza said was a ruse because Duterte was protecting his own drug cartel.

Bishops wanted to find out
He had a report made for Catholic bishops. There was a plenary in January 2017, and the bishops wanted to find out. So he made the report. His report was based on 17 active police officers who are still in active service. So when he gave me this report, I showed it to my editors.

My editor said: “Oh, this is good. This is a good guide for our story.” He got this information from the police sources — subordinates, those who were formerly working for him, gave him the information.

So it was hearsay, you know. So my editor said: “Why can’t you convince him to introduce us to the real people involved in the drug war?”

So, the general and I had several interviews. Usually, our interviews lasted until early morning. Father [Romeo] Intengan facilitated the interview. He was there to help us. At the same time, he was the one serving us coffee and biscuits all throughout the night.

So finally, after, I think, two or three meetings, he agreed that he would introduce us to police officers. So we interviewed the police captain who was really involved in the killings, and in the operation, and in the drug war.

So we got a lot of information from him. The info went not only to one story but several other stories.

He was saying it was also the police who were doing it.

Rappler: Wrapping up — what do you think of the Philippines?

‘Duterte was the worst’
MM:
The Philippines under former President Duterte was the worst I’ve seen. Worse than under former President Ferdinand Marcos. People were saying Marcos was the worst president because of martial law. He closed down the media, abolished Congress, and ruled by decree.

I think more than 3000 people died, and 10,000 were tortured and jailed.

But in three to six years under Duterte, more than 30,000 people died. No, he didn’t impose martial law, but there was a de facto martial law. The anti-terrorism law was very harsh, and he closed down ABS-CBN television.

It had a chilling effect on all media organisations. So, the effect was the same as what Marcos did in 1972.

We thought that Marcos Jr would become another Duterte because they were allies. And we felt that he would follow the policies of President Duterte, but it turned out he’s much better.

Well, everything after Duterte is good. Because he set the bar so low.

Everything is rosy — even if Marcos is not doing enough because the economy is terrible. Inflation is high, unemployment is high, foreign direct investments are down, and the peso is almost 60 to a dollar.

Praised over West Philippine Sea
However, the people still praise Marcos for his actions in the West Philippine Sea. I think the people love him for that. And the number of killings in the drug war has gone down.

There are still killings, but the number has really gone so low, I would say about 300 in the first two years.

Rappler: Why did you write your book, It’s Me, Bok! Journeys in Journalism?

MM:  I have been writing snippets of my experiences on Facebook. Many friends were saying, ‘Why don’t you write a book?’ including Secretary [of National Defense] Gilberto Teodoro, who was fond of reading my snippets.

In my early days, I was reckless as a reporter. I don’t want the younger reporters to do that. And no story is worth writing if you are risking your life.

I want to leave behind a legacy, and I know that my memory will fail me sooner rather than later. It took me only three months to write the book.

It’s very raw. There will be a second printing. I want to polish the book and expand some of the events.

Republished with permission from Rappler.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/in-my-early-days-i-was-reckless-says-pultizer-winner-manny-mogato/feed/ 0 509389
One Year Later, Campuses Ban Pro-Palestine Protests ‘In All But Name’ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/19/one-year-later-campuses-ban-pro-palestine-protests-in-all-but-name/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/19/one-year-later-campuses-ban-pro-palestine-protests-in-all-but-name/#respond Thu, 19 Dec 2024 17:21:09 +0000 https://progressive.org/magazine/one-year-later-campuses-ban-pro-palestine-protests-in-all-but-name-srinath-20241219/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Nell Srinath.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/19/one-year-later-campuses-ban-pro-palestine-protests-in-all-but-name/feed/ 0 506756
Is Southeast Asia ready for the abrupt changes Trump could usher in? https://rfa.org/english/opinions/2024/11/14/comment-usa-election-trump-southeast-asia/ https://rfa.org/english/opinions/2024/11/14/comment-usa-election-trump-southeast-asia/#respond Thu, 14 Nov 2024 15:57:58 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/opinions/2024/11/14/comment-usa-election-trump-southeast-asia/ There’s an old Republican saying: “A government strong enough to give you everything you want is strong enough to take away everything you have.”

Donald Trump, now set to become the 47th U.S. president in January, may have won over small-government voters with a good deal of flummery, but his vision is in fact draconian.

And that vision is likely to apply to foreign relations, showing allies like Ukraine and Taiwan that a United States strong enough to give other countries what they want is strong enough to take away all they need.

In Southeast Asia, the Philippines could become another casualty of Trumpian uninterest and selfishness.

As one of the least trade-dependent states in Asia, the Philippines might not be as panicked as others by Trump’s proposal of a blanket 10-20% tariff on imports from all countries.

However, as a U.S. treaty ally that depends on American support in its increasingly tense confrontation with Beijing over the South China Sea, Manila is all too aware that it may now have to go it alone.

A Chinese coast Guard ship, left, collides with the Philippine Coast Guard ship BRP Teresa Magbanua near the Sabina Shoal in the South China Sea, Aug.  31, 2024.
A Chinese coast Guard ship, left, collides with the Philippine Coast Guard ship BRP Teresa Magbanua near the Sabina Shoal in the South China Sea, Aug. 31, 2024.

Until January rolls around, one has to work on speculation about what Trump might do.

The conventional wisdom is that he will be a far more effective executive this time around, with more knowledge of how to navigate the corridors of power and unshackled from the “adults in the room” who tempered his basest instincts during his first term.

RELATED STORIES

China hawk to steer Trump’s national security

US election: Trump II to affect trade, security in SE Asia, experts say

Asian media focus on economic impact of Trump’s comeback

This should mean that he will get his way on economic promises, which reflect the fact that, as one veteran commentator put it this week, “Trump has no real economic agenda beyond clawing back jobs from Asia.”

Weakening economic growth

His proposed tariffs would certainly weaken economic growth in Southeast Asia, a region where the average trade-to-gross domestic product ratio is 90 percent, double the global average, according to the Hinrich Foundation.

Oxford Economics reckons “non-China Asia” could see exports fall by 3%.

On the other hand, there are people in the region who assume that because China would be Trump’s main target, the rest of Asia may benefit from Beijing’s troubles.

Even then, some countries, particularly Vietnam, have gotten away with allowing Chinese goods to be re-routed through its markets to be re-exported to the U.S. allowing Chinese exporters to bypass tariffs.

This is one reason for the massive trade surplus Vietnam has with the U.S. In 2019, Trump branded Vietnam the “worst abuser” of U.S. trade – at a time when its trade surplus with America stood at $55 million. It rose to $104 million last year.

BYD electric cars for export wait to be loaded onto a ship at a port in Yantai, in China's Shandong province, April 18, 2024.
BYD electric cars for export wait to be loaded onto a ship at a port in Yantai, in China's Shandong province, April 18, 2024.

The apparent benefit of hedging between the U.S. and China is that it allows neutral Southeast Asian states space to react to changing events elsewhere.

This is, presumably, one of those moments.

However, the logic behind hedging is that both the United States and China are equally vying for influence. What happens if one actively tries to retreat?

Perhaps the mistake was to think that the first Trump presidency, not the Biden presidency, was the aberration of American statecraft in the 21st century.

Groveling and flattery

Still, we cannot pretend that American foreign policy showed any great success under the Biden administration. It will be best remembered for failing to deter not only U.S. rivals – Russia, China and Iran – but also its friend in Israel.

In Southeast Asia, Washington’s no-policy-at-all stance on Myanmar has allowed the civil war to escalate and China to become the only foreign actor with any real influence.

It allowed relations with Malaysia to sour over Gaza and let Hanoi dictate the trajectory of U.S.-Vietnam relations.

The U.S. failed to even show up to regional events in the latter years of Biden, and the Indo-Pacific Economic Framework offered to compete with China was a dud.

Arguably, the biggest achievement was a more productive relationship with the Philippines and clarity over defense in the South China Sea – but that was only because Ferdinand Marcos Jr. won the Philippine presidency in 2022, reset relations and gifted Washington a diplomatic victory.

Yet no Southeast Asian leader will look forward to having to grovel before Trump, hoping to win his attention through flattery and backslapping.

A man stands in a bomb crater at a camp for internally displaced people after junta airstrikes near Pekon township in Myanmar's south Shan state on Sept.  6, 2024.
A man stands in a bomb crater at a camp for internally displaced people after junta airstrikes near Pekon township in Myanmar's south Shan state on Sept. 6, 2024.

Malaysia and Indonesia will now have to expect a response from Washington when they accuse it of collaborating with alleged genocide in the Middle East.

Vietnam can no longer expect there to be sensible people in the State Department who understand why it adopts “bamboo diplomacy” of balancing ties with the U.S., China and Russia.

Singapore, the trusted interlocutor between the East and the West, will have a much more difficult time explaining local sensitivities to Trump’s cabinet.

Failure to prepare

One shouldn’t underestimate the disruption that Trump might wreck on Southeast Asia. But that ought not excuse governments in the region for failing to prepare.

Asia might have been a little more resilient against a second Trump presidency if Japan and South Korea weren’t facing their own political crises; if Beijing ran its economy with more agility; if Thailand wasn’t in a constant state of political turmoil; or if ASEAN aspired to a little more than just reaching joint statements.

Indeed, things would be less dire if there was a little more of the selflessness and internationalism that others rightly condemn Trump for lacking.

Japan’s idea of an “Asian NATO” is sensible but won’t happen because of “dichotomies and divergence in country interests,” as the Philippines’ defense chief Gilberto Teodoro put it recently.

Vietnam's Prime Minister Pham Minh Chinh, right, and China's Premier Li Qiang hug as they pose for photos during a meeting in Hanoi on Oct. 13, 2024.
Vietnam's Prime Minister Pham Minh Chinh, right, and China's Premier Li Qiang hug as they pose for photos during a meeting in Hanoi on Oct. 13, 2024.

Why won’t Vietnam, for instance, call out Beijing when it threatens its neighbors' interests?

Most epochs are defined by at least one existential anxiety.

In Southeast Asia, at least since the early 2010s, it has been defined by two: the rise of China’s power and the decline of America’s. Trump’s victory will accelerate the latter but, possibly, may also impede the former.

If there is a saving grace for countries imperiled by the threat of invasion or attack by Beijing, it is that Trump’s proposed 60% tariffs on all Chinese imports could so weaken China’s economy that war becomes less likely.

David Hutt is a research fellow at the Central European Institute of Asian Studies (CEIAS) and the Southeast Asia Columnist at the Diplomat. He writes the Watching Europe In Southeast Asia newsletter. The views expressed here are his own and do not reflect the position of RFA.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by David Hutt.

]]>
https://rfa.org/english/opinions/2024/11/14/comment-usa-election-trump-southeast-asia/feed/ 0 501908
Yunus-led interim Bangladesh govt sworn in; diverse members include 2 student leaders https://www.rfa.org/english/news/bangladesh-yunus-cabinet-08082024194039.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/bangladesh-yunus-cabinet-08082024194039.html#respond Fri, 09 Aug 2024 00:03:51 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/bangladesh-yunus-cabinet-08082024194039.html Nobel laureate Muhammad Yunus was sworn in Thursday to lead Bangladesh’s interim government following a three-day power vacuum that resulted from Sheikh Hasina quitting as prime minister and fleeing the country.

The 84-year-old microcredit pioneer faces a massive task of restoring law and order, steadying a limping economy and setting the stage for free and fair elections. No mention was made at the ceremony of how long the interim government will be in power.

Bangladesh President Mohammed Shahabuddin, whose role is largely symbolic, administered the oath to Yunus and the others at the presidential palace in Dhaka.

I will uphold, support and protect the constitution and will perform my duties sincerely, Yunus said as part of his oath.

Yunus now has the title of chief advisor and leads a body of 16 who comprise the rest of the interim administration. 

Taking the oath alongside Yunus were more than a dozen individuals from diverse fields, including two university students who became familiar faces to Bangladeshis in recent days. 

The Dhaka University students, Nahid Islam and Asif Mahmud, were key figures in student protests that turned deadly and became a mass movement demanding Hasina step down.

The interim government also includes human rights activists, legal experts, two ex-diplomats, a doctor and a former governor of Bangladesh’s central bank. A BenarNews reporter at the scene did not see anyone from Hasina’s Awami League party.   

The swearing-in ceremony, which began around 8 p.m. was attended by judges, NGO leaders, chiefs of the three branches of the military, the country’s new police chief, foreign diplomats and leaders of political parties. 

Yunus won the Nobel for lifting millions out of poverty by lending them small amounts of cash – microloans – to open small businesses. His microlending model has been replicated in more than 100 countries – though he was reviled by Hasina and, according to supporters, subjected to judicial harassment during her administration.

A student in Dhaka, Salma Akhter, of Tejgaon College, was excited at the prospect of Yunus heading the new government.

“He is a reputed person. What we need is a visionary leader who will not amass wealth through corrupt practices. And will not involve him in corrupt practices,” she told BenarNews.

“We hope the government will carry out institutional reforms and restore democratic institutions before holding national elections.”

Asif Mahmud (left) and Nahid Islam, university students and key figures in the anti-quota protests that turned into a nationwide movement against the Sheikh Hasina government, being sworn in as members of the interim Bangladesh government at the Presidential House in Dhaka, Aug. 8, 2024. [Mohammad Ponir Hossain/Reuters]
Asif Mahmud (left) and Nahid Islam, university students and key figures in the anti-quota protests that turned into a nationwide movement against the Sheikh Hasina government, being sworn in as members of the interim Bangladesh government at the Presidential House in Dhaka, Aug. 8, 2024. [Mohammad Ponir Hossain/Reuters]

Yunus had been in Paris when it was announced that he had been selected to lead the interim administration and arrived back home just hours before the oath-taking ceremony, on Thursday afternoon. 

He was welcomed at Dhaka’s Hazrat Shahjalal International Airport by the Army chief Gen. Waker-uz-Zaman, some student leaders and civil society representatives.

Upon landing, he alluded to the fact that Hasina had bent state institutions to her will, including security agencies. But he urged people not to take the law into their own hands. 

Restoring the law and order situation is our first job. We cannot take further steps until the law and order situation returns to normalcy, Yunus said.

More than 108 people have been killed in new violence since Hasina decamped on Monday, after weeks of civil unrest in which some 300 died.

Bangladeshis needed to regain faith in independent state institutions – faith they had lost during the 15 years of Hasina’s continuous rule, Yunus said Wednesday.

“It is critical that trust in government be restored quickly,” Yunus said in a statement, according to U.K.’s Financial Times.

“We need calm, we need a road map to new elections, and we need to get to work to prepare for new leadership in order to fulfill the extraordinary potential of Bangladesh.”

Greeting those who had come to receive him, Yunus was visibly emotional when students approached to shake his hand. With tears in his eyes, he ignored their outstretched hands and embraced them instead.

Bangladesh has an opportunity to start afresh thanks to the country’s university students, he said at the airport on Thursday. 

“Today is a glorious day for us . . . they [the students] protected and gave this country a rebirth,” Yunus said after he landed.

“We have to protect it,” he added.

Nobel laureate Muhammad Yunus (second from left) hugs a supporter upon his arrival at the Hazrat Shahjalal International Airport ahead of his swearing in as head of Bangladesh’s interim government after Sheikh Hasina resigned and fled, Aug. 8, 2024. (Luis Tato/AFP)
Nobel laureate Muhammad Yunus (second from left) hugs a supporter upon his arrival at the Hazrat Shahjalal International Airport ahead of his swearing in as head of Bangladesh’s interim government after Sheikh Hasina resigned and fled, Aug. 8, 2024. (Luis Tato/AFP)

Following Hasina’s resignation, the Students Movement Against Discrimination group proposed that Yunus lead the interim government, a choice South Asia observers viewed approvingly because the Nobel laureate is respected at home and abroad. 

The group’s students led the initial protests that turned deadly when security forces and Awami League supporters joined the fray in an attempt to disperse them. The violence angered people nationwide and the agitation became a mass movement demanding Hasina’s resignation.

BenarNews spoke to some newly appointed interim government members about what they believe should be the administration’s first priority.

Among the issues mentioned by Saleh Uddin Ahmed, a former governor of the country’s central bank, was the economy.

“The first step will be bringing back law and order, reactivating the slow economy, working for the people’s welfare, and resuming the academic environment,” he told BenarNews. 

Referring to the lives lost in recent weeks, human rights activist Adilur Rahman Khan said there needed to be accountability.

“We took this responsibility by standing in blood. We need to ensure justice, we need to bring public traitors to justice,” he said.

15 years

Asif Mahmud, one of the two students named advisor on Thursday, said the interim government would “reform” state institutions, hold a free and fair general election and hand over power to an elected government.

“But that will not be possible without reforms to institutions such as the Election Commission,” he told journalists after the oath-taking ceremony outside the presidential palace.

Holding fair elections “will not be possible without its reform,” Asif said.

A man looks at graffiti on a wall of Dhaka University, which calls for the formation of a government that rebuilds Bangladesh, Aug. 8, 2024. [Md. Hasan/BenarNews]
A man looks at graffiti on a wall of Dhaka University, which calls for the formation of a government that rebuilds Bangladesh, Aug. 8, 2024. [Md. Hasan/BenarNews]

According to the country’s constitution, an election must be held within 90 days of parliament being dissolved. That happened on Tuesday, Aug. 6, which means the interim government’s term ought to end early November 

But one retired United States diplomat told BenarNews this week that may be unrealistic – that is, too short.

Hasina and her Awami League party had caused too much damage over her 15 consecutive years in power, said Jon Danilowicz, who has served three assignments in Bangladesh.

“I don’t think we can say at this point how long the country will take to be ready for an election. Considering the degree to which the Awami League politicized the administration, security forces and judiciary, the task of unraveling all that will be very difficult and take very long,” he said.

“But without doing that, it will not be possible to hold free, fair and credible elections.”

Shailaja Neelakantan in Washington contributed to this report by BenarNews, an RFA-affiliated online news organization.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Kamran Reza Chowdhury and Sudeepto Salam for BenarNews.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/bangladesh-yunus-cabinet-08082024194039.html/feed/ 0 487785
Yunus-led interim Bangladesh govt sworn in; diverse members include 2 student leaders https://rfa.org/english/news/bangladesh-yunus-cabinet-08082024194039.html https://rfa.org/english/news/bangladesh-yunus-cabinet-08082024194039.html#respond Fri, 09 Aug 2024 00:03:00 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/news/bangladesh-yunus-cabinet-08082024194039.html Nobel laureate Muhammad Yunus was sworn in Thursday to lead Bangladesh's interim government following a three-day power vacuum that resulted from Sheikh Hasina quitting as prime minister and fleeing the country.

The 84-year-old microcredit pioneer faces a massive task of restoring law and order, steadying a limping economy and setting the stage for free and fair elections. No mention was made at the ceremony of how long the interim government will be in power.

Bangladesh President Mohammed Shahabuddin, whose role is largely symbolic, administered the oath to Yunus and the others at the presidential palace in Dhaka.

“I will uphold, support and protect the constitution and will perform my duties sincerely,” Yunus said as part of his oath.

Yunus now has the title of chief advisor and leads a body of 16 who comprise the rest of the interim administration.

Taking the oath alongside Yunus were more than a dozen individuals from diverse fields, including two university students who became familiar faces to Bangladeshis in recent days.

The Dhaka University students, Nahid Islam and Asif Mahmud, were key figures in student protests that turned deadly and became a mass movement demanding Hasina step down.

The interim government also includes human rights activists, legal experts, two ex-diplomats, a doctor and a former governor of Bangladesh’s central bank. A BenarNews reporter at the scene did not see anyone from Hasina’s Awami League party.

The swearing-in ceremony, which began around 8 p.m. was attended by judges, NGO leaders, chiefs of the three branches of the military, the country’s new police chief, foreign diplomats and leaders of political parties.

Yunus won the Nobel for lifting millions out of poverty by lending them small amounts of cash – microloans – to open small businesses. His microlending model has been replicated in more than 100 countries – though he was reviled by Hasina and, according to supporters, subjected to judicial harassment during her administration.

A student in Dhaka, Salma Akhter, of Tejgaon College, was excited at the prospect of Yunus heading the new government.

“He is a reputed person. What we need is a visionary leader who will not amass wealth through corrupt practices. And will not involve him in corrupt practices,” she told BenarNews.

“We hope the government will carry out institutional reforms and restore democratic institutions before holding national elections.”

Asif Mahmud, left, and Nahid Islam, university students and key figures in the anti-quota protests that turned into a nationwide movement against the Sheikh Hasina government, are sworn in as members of the interim Bangladesh government at the Presidential House in Dhaka, Aug. 8, 2024. (Rajib Dhar/AP)
Asif Mahmud, left, and Nahid Islam, university students and key figures in the anti-quota protests that turned into a nationwide movement against the Sheikh Hasina government, are sworn in as members of the interim Bangladesh government at the Presidential House in Dhaka, Aug. 8, 2024. (Rajib Dhar/AP)
(Rajib Dhar/AP)

Yunus had been in Paris when it was announced that he had been selected to lead the interim administration and arrived back home just hours before the oath-taking ceremony, on Thursday afternoon.

He was welcomed at Dhaka’s Hazrat Shahjalal International Airport by the Army chief Gen. Waker-uz-Zaman, some student leaders and civil society representatives.

Upon landing, he alluded to the fact that Hasina had bent state institutions to her will, including security agencies. But he urged people not to take the law into their own hands.

“Restoring the law and order situation is our first job. We cannot take further steps until the law and order situation returns to normalcy,” Yunus said.

More than 108 people have been killed in new violence since Hasina decamped on Monday, after weeks of civil unrest in which some 300 died.

Bangladeshis needed to regain faith in independent state institutions – faith they had lost during the 15 years of Hasina’s continuous rule, Yunus said Wednesday.

“It is critical that trust in government be restored quickly,” Yunus said in a statement, according to U.K.’s Financial Times.

“We need calm, we need a road map to new elections, and we need to get to work to prepare for new leadership in order to fulfill the extraordinary potential of Bangladesh.”

Greeting those who had come to receive him, Yunus was visibly emotional when students approached to shake his hand. With tears in his eyes, he ignored their outstretched hands and embraced them instead.

Bangladesh has an opportunity to start afresh thanks to the country’s university students, he said at the airport on Thursday.

“Today is a glorious day for us . . . they [the students] protected and gave this country a rebirth,” Yunus said after he landed.

“We have to protect it,” he added.

A member of Bangladesh Navy takes a selfie while attending the oath taking ceremony of the interim government, in Dhaka, Aug. 8, 2024. (Mohammad Ponir Hossain/Reuters)
A member of Bangladesh Navy takes a selfie while attending the oath taking ceremony of the interim government, in Dhaka, Aug. 8, 2024. (Mohammad Ponir Hossain/Reuters)
(Mohammad Ponir Hossain/REUTERS)

Following Hasina's resignation, the Students Movement Against Discrimination group proposed that Yunus lead the interim government, a choice South Asia observers viewed approvingly because the Nobel laureate is respected at home and abroad.

The group's students led the initial protests that turned deadly when security forces and Awami League supporters joined the fray in an attempt to disperse them. The violence angered people nationwide and the agitation became a mass movement demanding Hasina's resignation.

BenarNews spoke to some newly appointed interim government members about what they believe should be the administration’s first priority.

Among the issues mentioned by Saleh Uddin Ahmed, a former governor of the country’s central bank, was the economy.

“The first step will be bringing back law and order, reactivating the slow economy, working for the people’s welfare, and resuming the academic environment,” he told BenarNews.

Referring to the lives lost in recent weeks, human rights activist Adilur Rahman Khan said there needed to be accountability.

“We took this responsibility by standing in blood. We need to ensure justice, we need to bring public traitors to justice,” he said.

15 years

Asif Mahmud, one of the two students named advisor on Thursday, said the interim government would “reform” state institutions, hold a free and fair general election and hand over power to an elected government.

“But that will not be possible without reforms to institutions such as the Election Commission,” he told journalists after the oath-taking ceremony outside the presidential palace.

Holding fair elections “will not be possible without its reform,” Asif said.

A man looks at graffiti on a wall of Dhaka University, which calls for the formation of a government that rebuilds Bangladesh, Aug. 8, 2024. (Md. Hasan/BenarNews)
A man looks at graffiti on a wall of Dhaka University, which calls for the formation of a government that rebuilds Bangladesh, Aug. 8, 2024. (Md. Hasan/BenarNews)

According to the country’s constitution, an election must be held within 90 days of parliament being dissolved. That happened on Tuesday, Aug. 6, which means the interim government’s term ought to end early November

But one retired United States diplomat told BenarNews this week that may be unrealistic – that is, too short.

Hasina and her Awami League party had caused too much damage over her 15 consecutive years in power, said Jon Danilowicz, who has served three assignments in Bangladesh.

“I don’t think we can say at this point how long the country will take to be ready for an election. Considering the degree to which the Awami League politicized the administration, security forces and judiciary, the task of unraveling all that will be very difficult and take very long,” he said.

“But without doing that, it will not be possible to hold free, fair and credible elections.”

Shailaja Neelakantan in Washington contributed to this report by BenarNews, an RFA-affiliated online news organization.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Kamran Reza Chowdhury and Sudeepto Salam for BenarNews.

]]>
https://rfa.org/english/news/bangladesh-yunus-cabinet-08082024194039.html/feed/ 0 547135
‘As for the prison we were in, it wasn’t humane’ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/12/as-for-the-prison-we-were-in-it-wasnt-humane/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/12/as-for-the-prison-we-were-in-it-wasnt-humane/#respond Wed, 12 Jun 2024 04:15:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5c802e70095e4e5d0f11de6aebd028ee
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/12/as-for-the-prison-we-were-in-it-wasnt-humane/feed/ 0 479104
“In Cold Blood”: Russian Forces Executing Surrendering Ukrainian Soldiers https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/16/in-cold-blood-russian-forces-executing-surrendering-ukrainian-soldiers-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/16/in-cold-blood-russian-forces-executing-surrendering-ukrainian-soldiers-2/#respond Thu, 16 May 2024 14:30:18 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=9db91c46433ea4f83cd2f20b3f083fb5
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/16/in-cold-blood-russian-forces-executing-surrendering-ukrainian-soldiers-2/feed/ 0 475010
“In Cold Blood”: Russian Forces Executing Surrendering Ukrainian Soldiers https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/16/in-cold-blood-russian-forces-executing-surrendering-ukrainian-soldiers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/16/in-cold-blood-russian-forces-executing-surrendering-ukrainian-soldiers/#respond Thu, 16 May 2024 12:39:23 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=9a92b78af23c14ea13f94a34655ad540 Ukraine soldiers seg3

Ukrainian forces are withdrawing from some areas in the northeastern region of Kharkiv as Russian forces continue a new offensive that has displaced thousands. This latest setback for Ukraine comes more than two years after Russia invaded the country. Human Rights Watch has documented several incidents of Russian soldiers summarily executing surrendering Ukrainian soldiers, with drone footage showing the killings “in clear detail,” says Belkis Wille, associate director with the Crisis, Conflict, and Arms Division at Human Rights Watch. “They take off their vests, they put down their helmets, they lie on the ground and put their hands up. And then we see them being executed by Russian soldiers in cold blood.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/16/in-cold-blood-russian-forces-executing-surrendering-ukrainian-soldiers/feed/ 0 474954
A year in, New York’s pioneering public power law makes uneven progress https://grist.org/energy/a-year-in-new-yorks-pioneering-public-power-law-makes-uneven-progress/ https://grist.org/energy/a-year-in-new-yorks-pioneering-public-power-law-makes-uneven-progress/#respond Sat, 11 May 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=637339 This story was originally published by Canary Media.

One year ago, New York state passed one of the country’s most ambitious clean energy and climate justice laws. The Build Public Renewables Act authorized the New York Power Authority, or NYPA — a state-owned public power utility — to build and own clean energy projects for the first time. If the state falls short of its ambitious climate goals, the law mandates that NYPA step up to build renewables that will keep the state on track. 

Heralded as a major win for environmental justice and climate advocacy groups, the law also introduced a program for low- and moderate-income residents to receive credits for clean energy produced by the public utility and allocated $25 million each year to renewable energy job training, among other measures.

But in the year since, progress on implementing the law has been spotty. Though NYPA says it has made carrying out the law a priority by laying the groundwork for future renewable power projects, activists and some policymakers say the utility has not been transparent in its planning thus far, making it hard to tell whether NYPA is on track to transform the state’s energy sector at the pace required by its 2019 climate law.

“The real problem is there is not sufficient transparency into what they are planning, so it’s hard for us to say how effective it is,” Michael Paulson, co-chair of the coalition Public Power NY, told Canary Media. 

Paulson’s group, along with the New York chapter of the Democratic Socialists of America, labor unions, and climate justice organizations across the state, campaigned for four years to pass the Build Public Renewables Act. An amended form of the law eventually made it into the state’s annual budget early last May. Activists hoped that strengthening the role of publicly owned power would enable a swifter expansion of cleaner, cheaper electricity — and create a structure that’s more accountable to consumers than the dominant investor-owned utility model.

Over the past 12 months, the authority has taken some initial steps toward working with private renewable energy developers. In January 2024, NYPA issued a request for information from developers and contractors to learn about opportunities for wind, solar, and battery energy storage projects. In March, the authority followed up with a request for qualifications to evaluate and prequalify renewable developers to work with on future projects, to which it received more than 85 responses. 

In January 2025, the power authority is required to publish a highly anticipated strategic plan, which will outline how and where the utility will develop renewable energy projects in a way that benefits disadvantaged communities and meets the state’s climate goals. ​“Our goal is to maximize the renewable generation we can bring online for New Yorkers,” Paul DeMichele, manager of media relations for NYPA, said in a statement to Canary Media.

But so far, advocacy groups and lawmakers heavily involved in the writing and passing of the legislation have criticized how NYPA has chosen to roll out the program. At a March 26 meeting of the authority’s board of trustees, NYPA President and CEO Justin Driscoll revealed that the organization has hired the consulting firm McKinsey to help implement the plan and ​“ensure our operating model internally and our internal governance around the buildout of renewables for the state.” DeMichele told the publication Hell Gate that ​“McKinsey was engaged, through an open bidding process, to help us better understand where private developers have been challenged while developing renewable projects.” 

Sarahana Shrestha, a Democratic member of the New York State Assembly and longtime advocate of the Build Public Renewables Act, told Hell Gate that ​“McKinsey’s way of doing business is the complete opposite of what we designed the bill for.” The consultancy has come under fire for its role in a corruption scandal with South Africa’s electric utility, among other high-profile issues. Shrestha and New York State Senator Michael Gianaris recently introduced a bill to require more frequent public reports and hearings on the authority’s implementation of the Build Public Renewables Act.

Meanwhile, the power authority will need to navigate the challenges facing the offshore wind industry — a pillar of the state’s mandate to meet 70 percent of its electricity needs with clean power by 2030. In recent months, at least five offshore wind projects in New York have been canceled due to rising costs and supply chain issues, casting doubt on the state’s ability to meet its decarbonization target. New York is currently on track to meet less than 57 percent of forecasted 2030 demand with renewable energy. 

To Public Power NY’s Paulson, the sector’s struggles are another reason to rely less on private developers and to strengthen the public power sector. ​“It’s becoming increasingly clear that the New York Power Authority and public power simply have to step up and play a significantly bigger role if we’re going to have any chance of reaching these legally mandated climate goals,” Paulson said.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline A year in, New York’s pioneering public power law makes uneven progress on May 11, 2024.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Akielly Hu.

]]>
https://grist.org/energy/a-year-in-new-yorks-pioneering-public-power-law-makes-uneven-progress/feed/ 0 474112
‘In Even the Best Coverage There Is No Accountability for the Fossil Fuel Industry’CounterSpin interview with Evlondo Cooper on climate coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/in-even-the-best-coverage-there-is-no-accountability-for-the-fossil-fuel-industrycounterspin-interview-with-evlondo-cooper-on-climate-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/in-even-the-best-coverage-there-is-no-accountability-for-the-fossil-fuel-industrycounterspin-interview-with-evlondo-cooper-on-climate-coverage/#respond Tue, 26 Mar 2024 19:46:59 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9038899 "It doesn't have to be about just showing the destruction and carnage. There are ways that you can empower people to take action."

The post ‘In Even the Best Coverage There Is No Accountability for the Fossil Fuel Industry’<br></em><span class='not-on-index' style='color:#000000; font-size: 23px; font-weight: normal; line-height: 25px; font-family: 'Open Sans','sans-serif'; padding-bottom: -10px;'>CounterSpin interview with Evlondo Cooper on climate coverage appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Media Matters’ Evlondo Cooper about climate coverage for the March 22, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

Media Matters: How broadcast TV networks covered climate change in 2023

Media Matters (3/14/24)

Janine Jackson: Climate disruption is, of course, one of the most disastrous phenomena of today’s life, affecting every corner of the globe. It’s also one of the most addressable. We know what causes it, we know what meaningful intervention would entail. So it’s a human-made tragedy unfolding in real time before our eyes.

To understate wildly, we need to be talking about it, learning about it, hearing about it urgently, which is why the results of our next guest’s research are so alarming. I’ll just spoil it: Broadcast news coverage of the climate crisis is going down.

Evlondo Cooper is a senior writer with the Climate and Energy Program at Media Matters for America. He joins us now by phone from Washington state. Welcome to CounterSpin, Evlondo Cooper.

Evlondo Cooper: Thank you for having me. I’m excited about our conversation today.

JJ: We’re talking about the latest of Media Matters’ annual studies of climate crisis coverage. First of all, just tell us briefly what media you are looking at in these studies.

EC: So we’re looking at corporate broadcast network coverage. That’s ABC, CBS and NBC. And for the Sunday morning shows, we also include Fox BroadcastingFox News Sunday.

JJ: All right. And then, for context, this decline in coverage that you found in the most recent study, that’s down from very little to even less.

Media Matters: Climate Coverage on Nightly News Programs Declined in 2023 Compared to an All-Time High in 2022

Media Matters (3/14/24)

EC: Yeah, so a little context: 2021 and 2022 were both record years for climate coverage, and that coverage was a little bit more than 1%. This year, we saw a 25% decrease from 2022, which brought coverage to a little bit less than 1%. We want to encourage more coverage, but even in the years where they were doing phenomenal, it was only about 1% of total coverage. And so this retrenchment by approximately 25% in 2023 is not a welcome sign, especially in a year where we saw record catastrophic extreme weather events, and scientists are predicting that 2024 might be even worse than ’23.

JJ: Let’s break out some of the things that you found. We’re talking about such small numbers—when you say 1%, that’s 1% of all of the broadcast coverage; of their stories, 1% were devoted to the climate crisis. But we’ve seen, there’s little things within it. For example, we are hearing more from actual climate scientists?

EC: That was a very encouraging sign, where this year we saw 41 climate scientists appeared, which was 10% of the featured guests in 2023, and that’s up from 4% in 2022. So in terms of quality of coverage, I think we’re seeing improvements. We’re seeing a lot of the work being done by dedicated climate correspondents, and meteorologists who are including climate coverage as part of their weather reports and their own correspondents’ segments, a bigger part of their reporting.

So there are some encouraging signs. I think what concerns us is that these improvements, while important and necessary and appreciated, are not keeping up with the escalating scale of climate change.

Media Matters: Guests featured on broadcast TV news climate coverage again skewed white and male

Media Matters (3/14/24)

JJ: It’s just not appropriate to the seriousness of the topic. And then another thing is, you could say the dominance of white men in the conversation, which I know is another finding, that’s just kind of par for the elite media course; when folks are talked to, they are overwhelmingly white men. But it might bear some relation to what you’re seeing as an underrepresentation of climate-impacted populations, looking at folks at the sharp end of climate disruption. That’s something you also consider.

EC: Yeah, we look at coverage of, broadly, climate justice. I think a lot of people believe it’s representation for representation’s sake, but I think when people most impacted by climate change—and we’re talking about communities of color, we’re talking about low-income communities, we’re talking about low-wealth rural communities—when these folks are left out of the conversation, you’re missing important context about how climate change is impacting them, in many cases, first and worse. And you’re missing important context about the solutions that these communities are trying to employ to deal with it. And I think you’re missing an opportunity to humanize and broaden support for climate solutions at the public policy level.

So these aren’t communities where these random acts of God are occurring; these are policy decisions, or indecisions, that have created an environment where these communities are being most harmed, but least talked about, and they’re receiving the least redress to their challenges. And so those voices are necessary to tell those stories to a broad audience on the corporate broadcast networks.

JJ: Yes, absolutely.

CBS: What is driving extreme heat and deadly rainstorms?

CBS (7/17/23)

Another finding that I thought was very interesting was that extreme weather seemed to be the biggest driver of climate coverage, and that, to me, suggests that the way corporate broadcast media are coming at climate disruption is reactive: “Look at what happened.”

EC: Totally.

JJ:  And even when they say, “Look at what’s happening,” and you know what, folks pretty much agree that this is due to climate disruption, these houses sliding into the river, it’s still not saying, “While you look at this disaster, know that this is preventable, and here is who is keeping us from acting on it and why.”

EC: Yeah, that is so insightful, because that’s a core critique of even the best coverage we see, that there is no accountability for the fossil fuel industry and other industries that are driving the crisis. And then there’s no real—solutions are mentioned in about 20% of climate segments this year. But the solutions are siloed, like there are solution “segments.”

But to your point, when we’re talking about extreme weather, when you have the most eyeballs hearing about climate change, to me, it would be very impactful to connect what’s happening in that moment—these wildfires, these droughts, these heat waves, these hurricanes and storms and flooding—to connect that to a key driver, fossil fuel industry, and talk about some potential solutions to mitigate these impacts while people are actually paying the most attention.

CNN: Climate advocates are rallying against the Willow Project. The White House is eyeing concessions to soften the blow

CNN (3/3/23)

JJ: And then take it to your next story about Congress, or your next story about funding, and connect those dots.

EC: Exactly. I mean, climate is too often siloed. So you could see a really great segment, for instance, on the Willow Project, at the top of the hour—and this is on cable, but the example remains—and then later in the hour, you saw a story about an extreme weather event. But those things aren’t connected, they’re siloed.

And so a key to improving coverage in an immediate way would be to understand that the climate crisis is the background for a range of issues, socioeconomic, political. Begin incorporating climate coverage in a much broader swath of stories that, whether you know it or not, indirectly or directly, are being impacted by global warming.

JJ: It’s almost as though corporate media have decided that another horrible disaster due to climate change, while it’s a story, it’s basically now like a dog-bites-man story. And if they aren’t going to explore these other angles, well, then there really isn’t anything to report until the next drought or the next mudslide. And that’s just a world away from what appropriate, fearless, future-believing journalism would be doing right now.

Evlondo Cooper

Evlondo Cooper: “It doesn’t have to be about just showing the destruction and carnage. There are ways that you can empower people to take action.”

EC: It’s out of step, right? Pull up the poll showing bipartisan support for government climate action, because, whether people know it or not, as far as the science, —and there’s some deniers out there, but anecdotally, people know something is happening, something is changing in their lives. We’re seeing record-breaking things that no one’s ever experienced, and they want the government to do something about it.

And so it’s important to cover extreme weather and to cover these catastrophes. And I know there’s a range of thought out there that says if you’re just focusing on devastating impacts, it could dampen public action. But to me, to your point, report on it and connect it to solutions, empower people to call their congressperson, their representative, their senator, to vote in ways that have local impacts to deal with the local climate impacts.

It doesn’t have to be about just showing the destruction and carnage. There are ways that you can empower people to take action in their own lives, and to galvanize public support.

And the public wants it. The public is asking for this. So I think just being responsive to what these polls are showing would be a way to immediately improve the way that they cover climate change right now.

JJ: All right, then. We’ve been speaking with Evlondo Cooper of Media Matters for America. You can find this work and much else at MediaMatters.org. Evlondo Cooper, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

EC: Thank you for having me.

 

The post ‘In Even the Best Coverage There Is No Accountability for the Fossil Fuel Industry’<br></em><span class='not-on-index' style='color:#000000; font-size: 23px; font-weight: normal; line-height: 25px; font-family: 'Open Sans','sans-serif'; padding-bottom: -10px;'>CounterSpin interview with Evlondo Cooper on climate coverage appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/in-even-the-best-coverage-there-is-no-accountability-for-the-fossil-fuel-industrycounterspin-interview-with-evlondo-cooper-on-climate-coverage/feed/ 0 466377
‘In Even the Best Coverage There Is No Accountability for the Fossil Fuel Industry’CounterSpin interview with Evlondo Cooper on climate coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/in-even-the-best-coverage-there-is-no-accountability-for-the-fossil-fuel-industrycounterspin-interview-with-evlondo-cooper-on-climate-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/in-even-the-best-coverage-there-is-no-accountability-for-the-fossil-fuel-industrycounterspin-interview-with-evlondo-cooper-on-climate-coverage/#respond Tue, 26 Mar 2024 19:46:59 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9038899 "It doesn't have to be about just showing the destruction and carnage. There are ways that you can empower people to take action."

The post ‘In Even the Best Coverage There Is No Accountability for the Fossil Fuel Industry’<br></em><span class='not-on-index' style='color:#000000; font-size: 23px; font-weight: normal; line-height: 25px; font-family: 'Open Sans','sans-serif'; padding-bottom: -10px;'>CounterSpin interview with Evlondo Cooper on climate coverage appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Media Matters’ Evlondo Cooper about climate coverage for the March 22, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

Media Matters: How broadcast TV networks covered climate change in 2023

Media Matters (3/14/24)

Janine Jackson: Climate disruption is, of course, one of the most disastrous phenomena of today’s life, affecting every corner of the globe. It’s also one of the most addressable. We know what causes it, we know what meaningful intervention would entail. So it’s a human-made tragedy unfolding in real time before our eyes.

To understate wildly, we need to be talking about it, learning about it, hearing about it urgently, which is why the results of our next guest’s research are so alarming. I’ll just spoil it: Broadcast news coverage of the climate crisis is going down.

Evlondo Cooper is a senior writer with the Climate and Energy Program at Media Matters for America. He joins us now by phone from Washington state. Welcome to CounterSpin, Evlondo Cooper.

Evlondo Cooper: Thank you for having me. I’m excited about our conversation today.

JJ: We’re talking about the latest of Media Matters’ annual studies of climate crisis coverage. First of all, just tell us briefly what media you are looking at in these studies.

EC: So we’re looking at corporate broadcast network coverage. That’s ABC, CBS and NBC. And for the Sunday morning shows, we also include Fox BroadcastingFox News Sunday.

JJ: All right. And then, for context, this decline in coverage that you found in the most recent study, that’s down from very little to even less.

Media Matters: Climate Coverage on Nightly News Programs Declined in 2023 Compared to an All-Time High in 2022

Media Matters (3/14/24)

EC: Yeah, so a little context: 2021 and 2022 were both record years for climate coverage, and that coverage was a little bit more than 1%. This year, we saw a 25% decrease from 2022, which brought coverage to a little bit less than 1%. We want to encourage more coverage, but even in the years where they were doing phenomenal, it was only about 1% of total coverage. And so this retrenchment by approximately 25% in 2023 is not a welcome sign, especially in a year where we saw record catastrophic extreme weather events, and scientists are predicting that 2024 might be even worse than ’23.

JJ: Let’s break out some of the things that you found. We’re talking about such small numbers—when you say 1%, that’s 1% of all of the broadcast coverage; of their stories, 1% were devoted to the climate crisis. But we’ve seen, there’s little things within it. For example, we are hearing more from actual climate scientists?

EC: That was a very encouraging sign, where this year we saw 41 climate scientists appeared, which was 10% of the featured guests in 2023, and that’s up from 4% in 2022. So in terms of quality of coverage, I think we’re seeing improvements. We’re seeing a lot of the work being done by dedicated climate correspondents, and meteorologists who are including climate coverage as part of their weather reports and their own correspondents’ segments, a bigger part of their reporting.

So there are some encouraging signs. I think what concerns us is that these improvements, while important and necessary and appreciated, are not keeping up with the escalating scale of climate change.

Media Matters: Guests featured on broadcast TV news climate coverage again skewed white and male

Media Matters (3/14/24)

JJ: It’s just not appropriate to the seriousness of the topic. And then another thing is, you could say the dominance of white men in the conversation, which I know is another finding, that’s just kind of par for the elite media course; when folks are talked to, they are overwhelmingly white men. But it might bear some relation to what you’re seeing as an underrepresentation of climate-impacted populations, looking at folks at the sharp end of climate disruption. That’s something you also consider.

EC: Yeah, we look at coverage of, broadly, climate justice. I think a lot of people believe it’s representation for representation’s sake, but I think when people most impacted by climate change—and we’re talking about communities of color, we’re talking about low-income communities, we’re talking about low-wealth rural communities—when these folks are left out of the conversation, you’re missing important context about how climate change is impacting them, in many cases, first and worse. And you’re missing important context about the solutions that these communities are trying to employ to deal with it. And I think you’re missing an opportunity to humanize and broaden support for climate solutions at the public policy level.

So these aren’t communities where these random acts of God are occurring; these are policy decisions, or indecisions, that have created an environment where these communities are being most harmed, but least talked about, and they’re receiving the least redress to their challenges. And so those voices are necessary to tell those stories to a broad audience on the corporate broadcast networks.

JJ: Yes, absolutely.

CBS: What is driving extreme heat and deadly rainstorms?

CBS (7/17/23)

Another finding that I thought was very interesting was that extreme weather seemed to be the biggest driver of climate coverage, and that, to me, suggests that the way corporate broadcast media are coming at climate disruption is reactive: “Look at what happened.”

EC: Totally.

JJ:  And even when they say, “Look at what’s happening,” and you know what, folks pretty much agree that this is due to climate disruption, these houses sliding into the river, it’s still not saying, “While you look at this disaster, know that this is preventable, and here is who is keeping us from acting on it and why.”

EC: Yeah, that is so insightful, because that’s a core critique of even the best coverage we see, that there is no accountability for the fossil fuel industry and other industries that are driving the crisis. And then there’s no real—solutions are mentioned in about 20% of climate segments this year. But the solutions are siloed, like there are solution “segments.”

But to your point, when we’re talking about extreme weather, when you have the most eyeballs hearing about climate change, to me, it would be very impactful to connect what’s happening in that moment—these wildfires, these droughts, these heat waves, these hurricanes and storms and flooding—to connect that to a key driver, fossil fuel industry, and talk about some potential solutions to mitigate these impacts while people are actually paying the most attention.

CNN: Climate advocates are rallying against the Willow Project. The White House is eyeing concessions to soften the blow

CNN (3/3/23)

JJ: And then take it to your next story about Congress, or your next story about funding, and connect those dots.

EC: Exactly. I mean, climate is too often siloed. So you could see a really great segment, for instance, on the Willow Project, at the top of the hour—and this is on cable, but the example remains—and then later in the hour, you saw a story about an extreme weather event. But those things aren’t connected, they’re siloed.

And so a key to improving coverage in an immediate way would be to understand that the climate crisis is the background for a range of issues, socioeconomic, political. Begin incorporating climate coverage in a much broader swath of stories that, whether you know it or not, indirectly or directly, are being impacted by global warming.

JJ: It’s almost as though corporate media have decided that another horrible disaster due to climate change, while it’s a story, it’s basically now like a dog-bites-man story. And if they aren’t going to explore these other angles, well, then there really isn’t anything to report until the next drought or the next mudslide. And that’s just a world away from what appropriate, fearless, future-believing journalism would be doing right now.

Evlondo Cooper

Evlondo Cooper: “It doesn’t have to be about just showing the destruction and carnage. There are ways that you can empower people to take action.”

EC: It’s out of step, right? Pull up the poll showing bipartisan support for government climate action, because, whether people know it or not, as far as the science, —and there’s some deniers out there, but anecdotally, people know something is happening, something is changing in their lives. We’re seeing record-breaking things that no one’s ever experienced, and they want the government to do something about it.

And so it’s important to cover extreme weather and to cover these catastrophes. And I know there’s a range of thought out there that says if you’re just focusing on devastating impacts, it could dampen public action. But to me, to your point, report on it and connect it to solutions, empower people to call their congressperson, their representative, their senator, to vote in ways that have local impacts to deal with the local climate impacts.

It doesn’t have to be about just showing the destruction and carnage. There are ways that you can empower people to take action in their own lives, and to galvanize public support.

And the public wants it. The public is asking for this. So I think just being responsive to what these polls are showing would be a way to immediately improve the way that they cover climate change right now.

JJ: All right, then. We’ve been speaking with Evlondo Cooper of Media Matters for America. You can find this work and much else at MediaMatters.org. Evlondo Cooper, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

EC: Thank you for having me.

 

The post ‘In Even the Best Coverage There Is No Accountability for the Fossil Fuel Industry’<br></em><span class='not-on-index' style='color:#000000; font-size: 23px; font-weight: normal; line-height: 25px; font-family: 'Open Sans','sans-serif'; padding-bottom: -10px;'>CounterSpin interview with Evlondo Cooper on climate coverage appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/in-even-the-best-coverage-there-is-no-accountability-for-the-fossil-fuel-industrycounterspin-interview-with-evlondo-cooper-on-climate-coverage/feed/ 0 466376
US ‘all in’ on Philippine chip sector as China tensions ramp up https://www.rfa.org/english/news/southchinasea/philippines-chip-sector-03122024094537.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/southchinasea/philippines-chip-sector-03122024094537.html#respond Tue, 12 Mar 2024 14:02:22 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/southchinasea/philippines-chip-sector-03122024094537.html The United States is going “all in on the Philippines” and its semiconductor sector in a bid to diversify the global chip supply chain amid growing tensions with China, U.S. Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo said Tuesday.

Raimondo made the announcement during a two-day trade mission to Manila in which she was joined by 22 American business executives from companies including Alphabet’s Google, Visa and Microsoft.

“This is historic. The message is: We are all in the Philippines,” Raimondo said at a meeting with U.S. and Philippine business associations in Makati City, the city’s financial hub.

She also announced that American companies would invest $1 billion in the Philippines, spanning solar energy, electric vehicles and digitization.

The U.S. delegation, the first of its kind to the Southeast Asian nation, comes as the battle for semiconductor supremacy heats up between the world’s two largest economies.

Washington has stepped up sanctions to limit China’s access to the tiny electronic devices that power the modern economy, while encouraging American firms to diversify hi-tech supply chains.

“U.S. companies have realized that our chip supply chain is way too concentrated in just a few countries in the world. Forget about geopolitics; just add that level of concentration. It’s the old adage: ‘Don’t put your eggs in one basket’,” Raimondo said.

“The Philippines has 13 semiconductor assembly, testing, and packaging facilities. Let’s double it,” she added, without providing details on how that would be achieved.

Raimondo said the Philippines was rich in critical minerals, which “are more important than ever.”

“So as companies are thinking about how to make their supply chain more resilient, they are looking for countries in the world where they can establish an operation. I believe you are at the top of the list,” she said.

PH-US-commerce-2.JPG
Semiconductor chips are seen on a printed circuit board in this illustration picture taken Feb. 17, 2023. [Reuters]

Raimondo did not publicly refer directly to China by name during the Manila visit.

U.S. engagement with the Philippines has increased since President Ferdinand Marcos Jr. took office in June 2022, especially on security matters

At the same time, Washington has done more to cultivate economic ties with nations in the so-called Indo-Pacific region, which comprises 40% of the global economy, in a bid to counter China’s expanding influence. 

In May 2022, the U.S. launched the Indo-Pacific Economic Framework for Prosperity (IPEF) with a focus on four pillars: Trade, supply chains, the clean economy and the fair economy, the latter of which covers tax and anti-corruption.

Aside from the U.S. and the Philippines, IPEF partners include Australia, Brunei, Fiji, India, Indonesia, Japan, South Korea, Malaysia, New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam.

However, the initiative is not a traditional free-trade agreement and has faced criticism for not providing any market access.

On Monday, Raimondo met with Marcos in Malacañang before the president departed for a trip to Germany.

“Today’s gathering not only signifies a meeting of officials, but also celebrates the enduring relations between the Philippines and the United States – ties that have been built on shared sacrifices, mutual support and unwavering respect,” Marcos said.

In 2023, the U.S. ranked as the Philippines’ third biggest trading partner, its largest export market and fifth highest source of imports, according to data from the Philippine government. In the same period, total bilateral trade amounted to $19.96 billion, with exports valued at $11.54 billion and imports at $8.41 billion.

The Philippines’ top bilateral trade partner last year was China, with which it had a deficit of about $2 billion.

PH-US-commerce-3.jpg
U.S. Secretary of Commerce Gina Raimondo (center) speaks during a meeting with business executives at a hotel in Manila, March 12, 2024. [Ted Aljibe/AFP]

Most of the Raimondo-led trade delegation was from the technology, artificial intelligence, renewable energy and information and communications sectors. 

Tech giant Microsoft said Tuesday it would partner with the Philippines’ Technical Education and Skills Development Authority (TESDA) to train 100,000 Filipino women on AI and cybersecurity. 

Ted Osius, president and CEO of the non-profit US-ASEAN Business Council, said the U.S. commitments were good for the region.

“It’s in our national interest as well as in our economic interest to invest in the Philippines, to be involved in the Philippines, to support the Philippines’ growth and prosperity,” he told reporters after Raimondo’s address.

Resilient supply chains were important not just because of “challenges with China,” he said.

“We found during the COVID-19 pandemic that supply chains are more fragile than we expected. Even right now, there’s action in the Red Sea that is causing delays in shipping, causing delays in parts, needed parts, getting goods,” he said.

BenarNews is an RFA-affiliated online news organization.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Camille Elemia for Benar News.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/southchinasea/philippines-chip-sector-03122024094537.html/feed/ 0 463564
Former U.S. Ambassador To Russia ‘In Shock’ With His Friend Navalny’s Death In Prison https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/17/former-u-s-ambassador-to-russia-in-shock-with-his-friend-navalnys-death-in-prison/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/17/former-u-s-ambassador-to-russia-in-shock-with-his-friend-navalnys-death-in-prison/#respond Sat, 17 Feb 2024 14:20:43 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=035f74f56789e450f08c22fec39df108
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/17/former-u-s-ambassador-to-russia-in-shock-with-his-friend-navalnys-death-in-prison/feed/ 0 459208
Congo floods forcing some women to give birth ‘in the water’ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/19/congo-floods-forcing-some-women-to-give-birth-in-the-water/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/19/congo-floods-forcing-some-women-to-give-birth-in-the-water/#respond Fri, 19 Jan 2024 21:53:11 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7163bdc9532b76a8bb4a5e6ba56d0d39
This content originally appeared on UN News - Global perspective Human stories and was authored by Alexandre Carette.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/19/congo-floods-forcing-some-women-to-give-birth-in-the-water/feed/ 0 453411
Congo floods forcing some women to give birth ‘in the water’ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/19/congo-floods-forcing-some-women-to-give-birth-in-the-water/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/19/congo-floods-forcing-some-women-to-give-birth-in-the-water/#respond Fri, 19 Jan 2024 21:53:11 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7163bdc9532b76a8bb4a5e6ba56d0d39
This content originally appeared on UN News - Global perspective Human stories and was authored by Alexandre Carette.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/19/congo-floods-forcing-some-women-to-give-birth-in-the-water/feed/ 0 453410
Possible Seoul, Tokyo, Beijing summit ‘in discussion’: report https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/trilateral-summit-discussion-12272023221525.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/trilateral-summit-discussion-12272023221525.html#respond Thu, 28 Dec 2023 03:16:36 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/trilateral-summit-discussion-12272023221525.html South Korea, China, and Japan are reportedly continuing discussions to hold a trilateral summit – an initiative that Seoul and Tokyo see as an opportunity to send a unified warning to North Korea and curb its nuclear ambitions.

“Arrangements are underway for a summit of the leaders of Japan, China and South Korea in February or sometime later,” Japan’s public broadcaster NHK reported on Thursday, without citing any specific source.

“Tokyo wants to use the framework of dialogue among the three nations to exchange views on North Korea, which has made repeated ballistic missile launches, among other issues,” it said, adding that Japan plans to schedule the summit while keeping in mind the timing of its regular Diet session next year. 

The trilateral summit has typically been a platform for key Asian nations to strengthen their economic ties and present a united diplomatic stance on mutually agreeable issues such as the denuclearization of North Korea.

However, the escalating rivalry between the United States and China, along with South Korea’s recent lean towards the U.S., thereby increasing the strategic value of North Korea, has caused Beijing to hold back from publicly criticizing Pyongyang.

For instance, during the meeting foreign ministers of the three nations in South Korea’s port city of Busan last month, they failed in issuing a statement jointly condemning North Korea’s satellite launch. 

Apart from that, the foreign ministers not only failed to agree on a date for a significant trilateral summit of their leaders but also did not conduct a joint press conference, an unusual move that may indicate differing diplomatic positions among these major Asian geopolitical players.

A senior South Korean official, familiar with the situation, told Radio Free Asia that despite the NHK report, China has been exhibiting reluctance in proceeding with the trilateral summit. 

Requesting anonymity due to the sensitive nature of the matter, the source said that it still remains uncertain whether the summit could be convened early next year at this stage.

Beijing’s concerns

China’s commitment to the trilateral summit platform is still questionable, given its rise as a global power and a shift in focus away from regional issues. Additionally, the growing cooperation between South Korea and Japan with the United States within this framework has been a cause of concern for Beijing.

With South Korea’s current conservative Yoon Suk Yeol administration, Seoul has been more vocal in criticizing China on the international stage – with concerns ranging from Beijing’s decision to repatriate North Korean defectors back to the Kim Jong Un regime to China’s coercive behavior towards the democratically self-governed island of Taiwan.

As Seoul has been aligning its diplomatic messages with Washington and Tokyo, Beijing has shown its reluctance in criticizing Pyongyang – its few remaining allies in the region against the democracies.

For instance, after North Korea’s satellite launch last month, Beijing refrained from issuing a public criticism, as the strategic value of Pyongyang has been raised due to intensifying U.S.-China relations. 

China’s foreign ministry often expressed its regrets about such acts in previous occasions, as rocket technology can be used for both launching satellites and missiles. For that reason, the U.N. bans North Korea from launching a ballistic rocket, even if it claims to be a satellite launch.

Edited by Taejun Kang and Elaine Chan.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Lee Jeong-Ho for RFA.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/trilateral-summit-discussion-12272023221525.html/feed/ 0 448118
Possible Seoul, Tokyo, Beijing summit ‘in discussion’: report https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/trilateral-summit-discussion-12272023221525.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/trilateral-summit-discussion-12272023221525.html#respond Thu, 28 Dec 2023 03:16:36 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/trilateral-summit-discussion-12272023221525.html South Korea, China, and Japan are reportedly continuing discussions to hold a trilateral summit – an initiative that Seoul and Tokyo see as an opportunity to send a unified warning to North Korea and curb its nuclear ambitions.

“Arrangements are underway for a summit of the leaders of Japan, China and South Korea in February or sometime later,” Japan’s public broadcaster NHK reported on Thursday, without citing any specific source.

“Tokyo wants to use the framework of dialogue among the three nations to exchange views on North Korea, which has made repeated ballistic missile launches, among other issues,” it said, adding that Japan plans to schedule the summit while keeping in mind the timing of its regular Diet session next year. 

The trilateral summit has typically been a platform for key Asian nations to strengthen their economic ties and present a united diplomatic stance on mutually agreeable issues such as the denuclearization of North Korea.

However, the escalating rivalry between the United States and China, along with South Korea’s recent lean towards the U.S., thereby increasing the strategic value of North Korea, has caused Beijing to hold back from publicly criticizing Pyongyang.

For instance, during the meeting foreign ministers of the three nations in South Korea’s port city of Busan last month, they failed in issuing a statement jointly condemning North Korea’s satellite launch. 

Apart from that, the foreign ministers not only failed to agree on a date for a significant trilateral summit of their leaders but also did not conduct a joint press conference, an unusual move that may indicate differing diplomatic positions among these major Asian geopolitical players.

A senior South Korean official, familiar with the situation, told Radio Free Asia that despite the NHK report, China has been exhibiting reluctance in proceeding with the trilateral summit. 

Requesting anonymity due to the sensitive nature of the matter, the source said that it still remains uncertain whether the summit could be convened early next year at this stage.

Beijing’s concerns

China’s commitment to the trilateral summit platform is still questionable, given its rise as a global power and a shift in focus away from regional issues. Additionally, the growing cooperation between South Korea and Japan with the United States within this framework has been a cause of concern for Beijing.

With South Korea’s current conservative Yoon Suk Yeol administration, Seoul has been more vocal in criticizing China on the international stage – with concerns ranging from Beijing’s decision to repatriate North Korean defectors back to the Kim Jong Un regime to China’s coercive behavior towards the democratically self-governed island of Taiwan.

As Seoul has been aligning its diplomatic messages with Washington and Tokyo, Beijing has shown its reluctance in criticizing Pyongyang – its few remaining allies in the region against the democracies.

For instance, after North Korea’s satellite launch last month, Beijing refrained from issuing a public criticism, as the strategic value of Pyongyang has been raised due to intensifying U.S.-China relations. 

China’s foreign ministry often expressed its regrets about such acts in previous occasions, as rocket technology can be used for both launching satellites and missiles. For that reason, the U.N. bans North Korea from launching a ballistic rocket, even if it claims to be a satellite launch.

Edited by Taejun Kang and Elaine Chan.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Lee Jeong-Ho for RFA.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/trilateral-summit-discussion-12272023221525.html/feed/ 0 448119
As Chinese money flows in, Myanmar garment factory conditions worsen https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/myanmar-china-garment-factories-10262023135538.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/myanmar-china-garment-factories-10262023135538.html#respond Thu, 26 Oct 2023 17:55:52 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/myanmar-china-garment-factories-10262023135538.html When a deadline loomed at the Chinese-run Shin Han garment factory in Yangon, management ordered workers to complete shifts that lasted more than 12 hours, from early in the morning until 9 at night. Two workers with health problems tried to make it through their shift, but when they asked to take a break, they were fired.

Working conditions in Myanmar’s garment industry were already bad enough after the 2021 coup to prompt Western brands such as Swedish clothing giant H&M to withdraw from the country. But investors from China and elsewhere are filling the gap – and now things are even worse, workers and labor groups say.

Despite the harsh conditions and low pay, many workers simply can’t afford to quit – or even take a sick day. For missing a day, workers at the Shin Han factory will get their already meager wage – as low as 140,000 kyat (US$67) a month -- cut by 30,000 kyat ($14).

“Even if they’re sick, they have to work because they need this money. Some come to work and they work until they can’t,” said one employee, who declined to be named and has worked at the factory since June 2022, a few months after it opened.

The withdrawal of Western brands from Myanmar “doesn’t mean that production is ceasing – it’s sort of the opposite,” said Dave Welsh, the Myanmar country director for Solidarity Center, a labor rights organization.

“You have all kinds of nefarious actors that are more challenging for both domestic and international labor groups to pressure and gain leverage on,” he said. 

New factories opening

Since January 2022, the Myanmar Garment Manufacturers’ Association, an industry group, has reported an increase of 61 factories in the sector, with Chinese investors accounting for more than half of the growth. Japanese and Thai investors accounted for some of the other investments.

However, the group declined to identify the new factories or companies involved, saying it was a breach of the investor’s privacy. 

The Federation of General Workers Myanmar – a major union – told RFA that the number of new factories opened since last January was somewhere closer to 100, with most investors from China and Myanmar. Some are not registered and employ less than 100 workers. 

2garment.jpg
Laborers work at a garment factory in Yangon, Nov. 1, 2018. Credit: Ye Aung Thu/AFP

The union said that factories often close and reopen under different names, leaving workers without jobs and making it difficult to hold them accountable, but in about 75% of these new factories, they notice a theme – workers are already raising red flags on working conditions, starting with increased rules inside the workplace. 

“Workers only have a limited chance to go to the toilet and drink water,” said a spokesperson from the Federation of General Workers Myanmar, declining to be named for security reasons. 

“In some cases, the factory issues cards which gives them a chance to go to the toilet and which gives them a chance to drink water – but only two, three, or four cards in one sewing line.”

Rising Demands

The International Labor Organization’s Commission of Inquiry published in August shows that exports increased above pre-coup levels once in 2022, despite the projected withdrawal of large European players. 

It also found an increase in demand from foreign buyers that year, with workers telling the group their targets “could not be achieved reasonably during regular working hours.”

“Due to the high amount of hourly rates and high amount of operation targets, workers sometimes need to work even in the lunch break,” a Federation of General Workers Myanmar spokesperson told RFA. “So it’s kind of like forced labor happening in the workplace.”

But the Shin Han garment factory worker said they have another reason to produce as much as they can – now, their salary depends on it. 

3garment.jpg
Workers from a garment factory in Myanmar’s Hlaing Tharyar township are seen on Sept. 13,2023. Credit: RFA

One worker who asked to remain unnamed cited the new “ticket system” in which her base pay is half of her salary before the coup.

The worker told RFA that in her factory, which was opened in January 2022 by a Chinese investor, working quickly is the only way to make pre-coup salaries. With her wage cut to 140,000 kyat (US$67), she needs to work twice as much to make her former 280,000 (US$133) per month. 

“To receive the minimum wage, we need to finish at least 400 items a day. It’s a huge workload for us,” she said. But under the new “ticket system,” exceeding huge daily goals is rewarded with even more meager salaries. For every 10 additional garments sewed, they can receive a maximum of 7 kyat, or a fraction of U.S. cent.

“Almost all the factories established after 2022 are running with the ticket system,” she said.

Another worker from Chinese and Myanmar-owned Eternal Fashion Company Limited shared a similar experience. Her factory, which opened in May this year and employs over 4,000 workers, pays about half of what her former factory did.

“The hourly rate [for extra work] is reduced to 200 and 250 kyat (9 to 12 U.S. cents)” she said, declining to be named for fear of reprisals. Some, she says, are paid as low as 170 kyat (8 cents) an hour. 

Mixed views

As Myanmar’s garment sector changes, workers’ reactions are polarized.

One woman working in a Yangon bag factory for the last three years said that she sees the new investment as a sign that the sector is expanding again. 

“I’m happy because there are many factories increasing in the industrial zone, so they can support the new workers and new laborers who move from the delta and rural areas,” said Naw Eh Thar. “The new workers can get jobs in Yangon so they’re happy with this increase in new factories.”

But others say their sense of security is undermined as factories increase production only to shut down a few months later. Garment workers told RFA that they would prefer a well-established factory over a newer one, citing the lack of job security their peers face.

4garment.jpg
Employees work at a garment factory in the Shwe Pyi Thar industrial zone in Yangon, Sept. 18, 2015. Credit: Ye Aung Thu/AFP

According to the International Labor Organization, employers fired 41% of the workers after the coup, of which only 29.5% received compensation.

“If I can choose, I’d work at an old factory,” said one worker, declining to be named. “The small factories that started during the current situation, these are not certain, so I’m afraid to work at new factories because there’s no job security.”

For the worker at Shin Han battling wage disputes and trying to meet her production goals, what she mostly feels is fear.

“Before the coup, I was very happy to go to work and I really liked my work at the time,” she said. “The next day in the early morning, when I realize I need to go to work, I’m scared.”

Edited by Taejun Kang and Malcolm Foster.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Special for RFA.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/myanmar/myanmar-china-garment-factories-10262023135538.html/feed/ 0 436879
PNG’s trade minister pledges China, Indon free trade deals are ‘in sights’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/17/pngs-trade-minister-pledges-china-indon-free-trade-deals-are-in-sights/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/17/pngs-trade-minister-pledges-china-indon-free-trade-deals-are-in-sights/#respond Tue, 17 Oct 2023 22:47:11 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=94740 By Matthew Vari, editor of the PNG Post-Courier

Papua New Guinea’s Minister for International Trade and Investment Richard Maru has assured investors in Asia that his government has its sights set on free trade agreements with China and Indonesia.

He said his ministry, in tandem with a new parliamentary committee, would look into the “impediments to business”, with the aim to ease such disincentives to investors coming into the country in all sectors.

“We need to reduce the cost of doing business. Our Parliament last week established a new committee which is tasked to look at how we can reduce the difficulties in doing business and the committee has been established for the first time and they will look into
that aspect,” he said.

“How do we make it easier — that aspect of business and the cost of doing business?

“We are now going to undertake a 6-month study on the viability of having a free trade agreement with China.

“I’m working to be in Indonesia in the coming weeks to start the discussions with the trade minister of Indonesia. We want to also undertake the study of Papua New Guinea looking at the viability of a free trade agreement with Indonesia,” Maru said.

He said PNG was serious about growth and economic partnership with the two large economies.

Maru reiterated that while the extractive sectors did raise revenue, they did not generate jobs except in their construction stage.

“Fisheries, forestry, hospitality, tourism — that is where the big jobs are.

“We will start putting trade commissions in cities with trade commissioners right around the world,” he added.

Republished with permission from the PNG Post-Courier.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/17/pngs-trade-minister-pledges-china-indon-free-trade-deals-are-in-sights/feed/ 0 435029
Further Comment: The Case for Climate Reparations 
in the United States https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/06/further-comment-the-case-for-climate-reparations-in-the-united-states/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/06/further-comment-the-case-for-climate-reparations-in-the-united-states/#respond Fri, 06 Oct 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://progressive.org/magazine/the-case-for-climate-reparations-salazar-20231006/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Adrien Salazar.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/06/further-comment-the-case-for-climate-reparations-in-the-united-states/feed/ 0 432388
Don’t Fence Me In: Musings on Space in the Golden State & Elsewhere https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/18/dont-fence-me-in-musings-on-space-in-the-golden-state-elsewhere/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/18/dont-fence-me-in-musings-on-space-in-the-golden-state-elsewhere/#respond Mon, 18 Sep 2023 05:40:26 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=294649

Photo by Calvin Ma

Californians tend to be spatially impaired. Indeed, we are deficient when it comes to assessing the physical spaces around us. We get in the way of others and don’t get out of the way in hallways, doorways and other tight spaces where we seem to forget we share common territory and ought to respect boundaries. Perhaps this is because California is a vast territory where cities and towns sprawl and where people don’t want to be crammed together. We forget we’re often in thickly populated areas. Notoriously, we run from “civilization” and head for the hills, or for suburbia which provides an illusion of freedom and individuality.

The desire to be free and untrammelled is expressed in the popular song, “Don’t Fence Me In.” The words were originally written by Robert Fletcher, who worked for the Department of Highways in Montana, and who responded to a request for a cowboy song for a Twentieth Century Fox musical, Adios Argentina (1934), Cole Porter tinkered with Fletcher’s lyrics, sang them and made them famous.

Clearly, the song struck a nerve and a chord. Dozens of other singers have performed “Don’t Fence Me In,” including Roy Rogers, Kate Smith, Frank Sinatra, Bing Crosby, Ella Fitzgerald, Hoyt Axton, Willie Nelson, Gene Autry, Clint Eastwood and James Brown, “the Godfather of Soul.” No song is more patriotic. Singing it has been a way of showing one’s love for America, “the land of the free and the home of the brave.” Those words are at the heart of the national anthem.

Other states in the US, besides California, embrace the “don’t-fence-me-in” sentiment, but it is in California where it has reached a pinnacle. Like Californians, Texans don’t want to be fenced in. They erect barbed wire fences to keep cattle from straying, and they build walls to keep some people out of the Lone Star state. I once traveled for hundreds of miles by car from Austin to Big Bend National Park where the parking lot was filled with RVs, the inhabitants all inside watching programs on their own individual TVs. That’s a metaphor not only just for Texas but for the US.

The Golden State, where citizens don’t want to be fenced in, also incarcerates more people than any other state in the USA. Prisoners aren’t just fenced in; they’re also walled in and locked up, often in solitary confinement. By their very nature, prisons have always had walls and “deadlines.” To try to go beyond them has meant to become a moving target. Nathaniel Hawthorne noted in The Scarlet Letter, his novel of Puritan New England, that prisons were the first structures to be built in a land supposedly free from English tyranny. Break laws and customs in America and you are fenced in whether you like it or not.

It occurs to me that we have always been a nation of fence-builders and wall-builders, from New England to the Pacific NorthWest and the Deep South. In colonial days, fences and walls were erected to keep Indians out of towns, deter dissident settlers from escaping into the wilderness and also to mark the boundaries of private property. As far as I know, Indians didn’t build fences, though they had a keen awareness of territories and boundaries, often determined by the contours of rivers, lakes, hills and mountains.

New Yorkers tend to be spatially savvy. They know how to cram into elevators, subways, and buses gracefully, avoid encroaching on the space of others and holding one’s own in a crowd. During rush hours, New York commuters pack into subways like the proverbial sardines in a can. They ride together on elevators and don’t feel antsy. Yes, the pandemic altered those habits. One was supposed to keep six-feet apart from the nearest person.

I lived in New York for seven years and learned to be spatially wise. I also lived in England and saw the remains of Roman walls, which marked the edge of the Roman Empire. Probably, all empires erect walls to exclude so-called “barbarians” and “savages.” They also provide a sense of identity.

I was once a tourist in Hanoi and also in Bangkok where my sense of spatial space was sorely tested. Never before or since have I been so surrounded by throngs of people. The traffic in Hanoi struck me as “organized chaos.” I felt lost much of the time, but the Vietnamese knew exactly where they were going and how to navigate the chaos. At 7 a.m. every morning, loudspeakers blasted the “International” to wake sleepers and remind them to open shops and go to work. In Vietnam, I came to appreciate the wide open spaces of the American West and the lyrics to the song “Don’t Fence Me In.”

In San Francisco, where I live now, the beach at Ocean Beach, along the Pacific is rarely crowded except on sunny days, which are as rare as the crowds. Golden Gate Park, the largest public park in the city, is also rarely crowded, except when outdoor music festivals take place and people know they’ll have to be part of a close knit community. To share in the benefits of society, which now apparently includes rock concerts, one has to give up a certain amount of freedom, including the freedom to sprawl, and to occupy more space than one actually needs.

In Ireland, one summer I walked with my friend, Stacey, across farmers’ fields which were often enclosed by stone walls and iron fences and with gates to enter and leave. There were no signs that read “no trespassing” and “keep out.” The rule, I was told by a sheep herder, was “If you open the gate, make sure you close the gate.” That’s a rule I lived with and accepted. Now, I don’t want to be fenced in, but I don’t want to be fenced out, either. I want to wander unfettered and at the same time not encroach on someone else’s space. It’s a balance that’s often challenging to meet.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Jonah Raskin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/18/dont-fence-me-in-musings-on-space-in-the-golden-state-elsewhere/feed/ 0 427911
U.S. Diplomat Demands Humanitarian Aid ‘Flow In’ To Nagorno-Karabakh https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/15/u-s-diplomat-demands-humanitarian-aid-flow-in-to-nagorno-karabakh/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/15/u-s-diplomat-demands-humanitarian-aid-flow-in-to-nagorno-karabakh/#respond Fri, 15 Sep 2023 16:28:56 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7b1e0975ac9f47c94cd27fb08e7988bf
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/15/u-s-diplomat-demands-humanitarian-aid-flow-in-to-nagorno-karabakh/feed/ 0 427530
First Person Singular: An Internationalist 
in Chile Fifty Years Ago https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/06/first-person-singular-an-internationalist-in-chile-fifty-years-ago/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/06/first-person-singular-an-internationalist-in-chile-fifty-years-ago/#respond Wed, 06 Sep 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://progressive.org/magazine/an-internationalist-%E2%80%A8in-chile-dinges-20230906/ last speech on September 11, 1973. 


This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by John Dinges.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/06/first-person-singular-an-internationalist-in-chile-fifty-years-ago/feed/ 0 425232
The Political Agenda Behind Criminal Justice Reform (in the media) #shorts https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/29/the-political-agenda-behind-criminal-justice-reform-in-the-media-shorts/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/29/the-political-agenda-behind-criminal-justice-reform-in-the-media-shorts/#respond Tue, 29 Aug 2023 13:00:36 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ac90674e614082a075de6ec33ac026d6
This content originally appeared on The Laura Flanders Show and was authored by The Laura Flanders Show.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/29/the-political-agenda-behind-criminal-justice-reform-in-the-media-shorts/feed/ 0 423475
One year in, the Inflation Reduction Act is working — kind of https://grist.org/politics/one-year-in-the-inflation-reduction-act-is-working-kind-of/ https://grist.org/politics/one-year-in-the-inflation-reduction-act-is-working-kind-of/#respond Thu, 20 Jul 2023 17:24:46 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=614097 It’s been nearly a year since Democratic lawmakers pushed the first new climate spending legislation in more than a decade over the congressional finish line. The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, or IRA, includes $369 billion in clean-energy tax credits and funding for climate and energy programs, money that is already trickling into the economy as federal agencies begin to distribute it. 

The Biden administration said the bill will help deliver on the president’s pledge to cut the United States’ emissions in half by 2030, and independent analyses estimated that it would help slash domestic emissions by 43 to 48 percent below 2005 levels by 2035. Now, researchers have made an updated prediction. The Rhodium Group, an independent analytics firm that tracks greenhouse gas emissions produced by the U.S. economy, published a report on Thursday that shows just how much climate progress the IRA will usher in — and where the legislation will fall flat. 

“Nearly one year after it passed, the IRA’s effects are coming into clearer focus,” a spokesperson for Rhodium Group said. 

The report, the ninth edition of Rhodium’s annual emissions assessment, found that the IRA and state-level climate bills that have been signed into law by governors across the country in recent years will drive emissions down between 29 and 42 percent in 2030, compared to 2005 levels. By 2035, greenhouse gas emissions will decrease between 32 and 51 percent. Prior to the IRA’s passage, the nation was on track to cut emissions by 26 to 41 percent by 2035, according to Rhodium’s estimate from 2022. Rhodium called the overall reductions “a meaningful departure from previous years’ expectations for the U.S. emissions trajectory.” 

Thanks to the IRA’s subsidies, solar and wind energy are already becoming a lot cheaper: solar by nearly 40 percent and wind by 55 percent. The legislation will also influence the speed with which electric vehicles replace gas-powered cars. In 2035, electric vehicles will comprise between one-third and two-thirds of all passenger car sales, the report said. That’s meaningful progress, but the emissions reductions aren’t steep enough to get the U.S. fully on track to meet its pledge to reduce emissions 50 to 52 percent by 2030 under the Paris Agreement, the 2015 international treaty on climate change that aims to keep global warming below 1.5 degrees Celsius (2.7 degrees Fahrenheit). 

That’s because federal policy levers are only one piece of the decarbonization puzzle. A number of other factors could influence the speed and extent to which renewable energy technologies replace oil, coal, and gas, including how the industrial sector behaves and whether states continue to pass ambitious climate policies.  

And because the IRA revolves around incentives for clean energy, rather than penalties for fossil fuel use, some of the factors impacting the speed with which the economy decarbonizes won’t be influenced by the federal legislation. 

For example, Rhodium projects that natural gas, which made up roughly 36 percent of the nation’s power mix in 2022, will comprise 6 to 29 percent of the power supply by 2035, depending on whether utilities take advantage of the incentives in the bill and what types of renewable energies are feasible in their markets. Natural gas, a cheap source of energy, surpassed coal as the nation’s leading source of electricity in 2016. Despite the incentives in the IRA, gas is still abundant, affordable, and here to stay for the foreseeable future. 

In New York City, a city that has positioned itself as a leader in the green transition and has vowed to reduce fossil fuel use 80 percent by 2050, environmental activists successfully lobbied for the closure of the nearby Indian Point Nuclear plant, which prompted the city to temporarily rely on natural gas-powered plants as it works to build infrastructure that can funnel hydropower from Canada to Queens. 

Over the course of the next decade, policymakers, regulators, and utility executives will weigh similar trade-offs between cost, climate impact, and public opinion across the country, and they won’t all choose the same path. That will result in a patchy network of green and dirty electricity. The ranges presented in the new Rhodium report account for that patchiness. 

But they also show that the IRA is making a difference. “Though there’s uncertainty on just how fast the U.S. scales up renewable energy on the grid or EVs on the road, those levels of deployment would be meaningfully lower than what we’re estimating in our modeling under otherwise the same conditions absent the IRA,” Ben King, lead author of the report, told Grist. 

In order to continue making progress on climate change, Congress will likely need to pass additional climate laws, including legislation directed at hastening the permitting process for new large-scale renewable energy projects, beefing up the green energy workforce, and resolving kinks in the supply chain that are hamstringing green technology deployment. That has become harder to do since Republicans retook control of the House of Representatives in January. 

The goals of the Paris Agreement are still within reach, the report reads, “but getting there won’t be easy.”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline One year in, the Inflation Reduction Act is working — kind of on Jul 20, 2023.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Zoya Teirstein.

]]>
https://grist.org/politics/one-year-in-the-inflation-reduction-act-is-working-kind-of/feed/ 0 413253
Biden and Cluster Munitions: “In a Dark Time, the Eye Begins to See” https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/14/biden-and-cluster-munitions-in-a-dark-time-the-eye-begins-to-see/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/14/biden-and-cluster-munitions-in-a-dark-time-the-eye-begins-to-see/#respond Fri, 14 Jul 2023 05:50:23 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=289033

Photograph Source: Cluster Munition Coalition – CC BY 2.0

“In a dark time,” poet Theodore Roethke wrote, “the eye begins to see.”

Stanley Kunitz observed: “In a murderous time / the heart breaks and breaks / and lives by breaking.”

In the current murderous time, amid the dim media swirl, acuity arrived for some with the news that President Biden had approved sending cluster munitions to Ukraine. For entrenched elites in Washington, using taxpayer money to shred the bodies of children and other civilians isn’t a big deal when there’s serious geopolitical work to be done.

The same White House that correctly put cluster munitions in the category of a war crime when Russia began using them in Ukraine last year is now saying they’re just fine — when the U.S. supplies them to an ally.

Top administration officials have been quick to emphasize the toughness of the choice. “It was a very difficult decision on my part,” Biden said.

That reminds me of the infamous 60 Minutes interview with Madeleine Albright, then the U.S. ambassador to the United Nations, in May of 1996. CBS correspondent Lesley Stahl brought up impacts of the U.S.-led sanctions on Iraq, saying “we have heard that a half a million children have died,” and then asked: “Is the price worth it?”

Albright replied: “I think this is a very hard choice, but the price — we think the price is worth it.”

Eight months later, acting on the nomination of Albright to be secretary of state, the Senate confirmed her. The vote was 99-0. Maybe it would not have been unanimous if any of the senators’ children had died while she declared their deaths to be “worth it.”

Like Albright’s “very hard choice,” Biden’s “very difficult decision” was based on convenient abstractions and, ultimately, a willingness to sacrifice the lives of countless others, while claiming pristine virtue. Defending the president’s cluster-munitions decision, no one on the Biden team need worry that one of their own children might pick up a U.S.-supplied “bomblet” someday, perhaps mistaking it for a toy, only to be instantly assaulted with shrapnel.

The Republicans and Democrats on Capitol Hill who’ve been trying for the last week to justify shipping cluster weapons to Ukraine are evading a basic truth that BBC correspondent John Simpson reported long ago, in May 1999, while U.S.-led NATO forces were dropping cluster bombs onto the streets of Nis, Serbia’s third-largest city: “Used against human beings, cluster bombs are some of the most savage weapons of modern warfare.”

At the time, the San Francisco Chronicle reported: “In a street leading from the market, dismembered bodies were strewn among carrots and other vegetables in pools of blood. A dead woman, her body covered with a sheet, was still clutching a shopping bag filled with carrots.”

Today, with political fashion treating “diplomacy” as a dirty word, the resolute militarism of the U.S. government is bipartisan. While we should emphatically condemn Russia’s vicious war on Ukraine, we should be under no illusions about the moral character of U.S. foreign policy.

For example: During three presidencies, beginning with Barack Obama, the U.S. government has aided and abetted the Saudi-led war on Yemen, where the death toll since 2015 is now estimated at close to 400,000. Biden’s high-profile fist bump with Saudi ruler Mohammed bin Salman a year ago tells us a lot about the extent of the U.S. commitment to basic human decency in foreign affairs.

The murderous time that we live in now, organized as war, is reflexively blamed only on the barbarism of others. But President Biden’s decision to provide cluster munitions to Ukraine is shocking to many Americans because it has undermined illusions with no more actual solidity than sand castles before the tide of truth comes in.

In a dark time, the eye begins to see.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Norman Solomon.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/14/biden-and-cluster-munitions-in-a-dark-time-the-eye-begins-to-see/feed/ 0 411722
Biden and Cluster Munitions: “In a Dark Time, the Eye Begins to See” https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/14/biden-and-cluster-munitions-in-a-dark-time-the-eye-begins-to-see/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/14/biden-and-cluster-munitions-in-a-dark-time-the-eye-begins-to-see/#respond Fri, 14 Jul 2023 05:50:23 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=289033

Photograph Source: Cluster Munition Coalition – CC BY 2.0

“In a dark time,” poet Theodore Roethke wrote, “the eye begins to see.”

Stanley Kunitz observed: “In a murderous time / the heart breaks and breaks / and lives by breaking.”

In the current murderous time, amid the dim media swirl, acuity arrived for some with the news that President Biden had approved sending cluster munitions to Ukraine. For entrenched elites in Washington, using taxpayer money to shred the bodies of children and other civilians isn’t a big deal when there’s serious geopolitical work to be done.

The same White House that correctly put cluster munitions in the category of a war crime when Russia began using them in Ukraine last year is now saying they’re just fine — when the U.S. supplies them to an ally.

Top administration officials have been quick to emphasize the toughness of the choice. “It was a very difficult decision on my part,” Biden said.

That reminds me of the infamous 60 Minutes interview with Madeleine Albright, then the U.S. ambassador to the United Nations, in May of 1996. CBS correspondent Lesley Stahl brought up impacts of the U.S.-led sanctions on Iraq, saying “we have heard that a half a million children have died,” and then asked: “Is the price worth it?”

Albright replied: “I think this is a very hard choice, but the price — we think the price is worth it.”

Eight months later, acting on the nomination of Albright to be secretary of state, the Senate confirmed her. The vote was 99-0. Maybe it would not have been unanimous if any of the senators’ children had died while she declared their deaths to be “worth it.”

Like Albright’s “very hard choice,” Biden’s “very difficult decision” was based on convenient abstractions and, ultimately, a willingness to sacrifice the lives of countless others, while claiming pristine virtue. Defending the president’s cluster-munitions decision, no one on the Biden team need worry that one of their own children might pick up a U.S.-supplied “bomblet” someday, perhaps mistaking it for a toy, only to be instantly assaulted with shrapnel.

The Republicans and Democrats on Capitol Hill who’ve been trying for the last week to justify shipping cluster weapons to Ukraine are evading a basic truth that BBC correspondent John Simpson reported long ago, in May 1999, while U.S.-led NATO forces were dropping cluster bombs onto the streets of Nis, Serbia’s third-largest city: “Used against human beings, cluster bombs are some of the most savage weapons of modern warfare.”

At the time, the San Francisco Chronicle reported: “In a street leading from the market, dismembered bodies were strewn among carrots and other vegetables in pools of blood. A dead woman, her body covered with a sheet, was still clutching a shopping bag filled with carrots.”

Today, with political fashion treating “diplomacy” as a dirty word, the resolute militarism of the U.S. government is bipartisan. While we should emphatically condemn Russia’s vicious war on Ukraine, we should be under no illusions about the moral character of U.S. foreign policy.

For example: During three presidencies, beginning with Barack Obama, the U.S. government has aided and abetted the Saudi-led war on Yemen, where the death toll since 2015 is now estimated at close to 400,000. Biden’s high-profile fist bump with Saudi ruler Mohammed bin Salman a year ago tells us a lot about the extent of the U.S. commitment to basic human decency in foreign affairs.

The murderous time that we live in now, organized as war, is reflexively blamed only on the barbarism of others. But President Biden’s decision to provide cluster munitions to Ukraine is shocking to many Americans because it has undermined illusions with no more actual solidity than sand castles before the tide of truth comes in.

In a dark time, the eye begins to see.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Norman Solomon.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/14/biden-and-cluster-munitions-in-a-dark-time-the-eye-begins-to-see/feed/ 0 411721
#PRIDE in #TÜRKİYE is under threat. https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/16/pride-in-turkiye-is-under-threat/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/16/pride-in-turkiye-is-under-threat/#respond Fri, 16 Jun 2023 15:13:04 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=75be23b3c9ef85c03976ef4b9bb69580
This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/16/pride-in-turkiye-is-under-threat/feed/ 0 404458
Garbage In, Garbage CEO Windfalls Out https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/30/garbage-in-garbage-ceo-windfalls-out/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/30/garbage-in-garbage-ceo-windfalls-out/#respond Tue, 30 May 2023 05:56:52 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=284422 We’re drowning in garbage. In 2020 alone, the World Bank calculates, some 2.24 billion additional tons of waste piled up around us, creating “serious health, safety, and environmental consequences.” How we handle solid waste, adds one World Bank environmental specialist, will play “an important role” in everything from “providing sanitation for all” to “reducing climate More

The post Garbage In, Garbage CEO Windfalls Out appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Sam Pizzigati.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/30/garbage-in-garbage-ceo-windfalls-out/feed/ 0 399336
Arizona Abortion Provider: Texas Ruling on Mifepristone Leaves Patients & Clinics "in Limbo" https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/10/arizona-abortion-provider-texas-ruling-on-mifepristone-leaves-patients-clinics-in-limbo-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/10/arizona-abortion-provider-texas-ruling-on-mifepristone-leaves-patients-clinics-in-limbo-2/#respond Mon, 10 Apr 2023 13:55:05 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=c8e04fecadcb7fe575b6e4ec2c97e10c
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/10/arizona-abortion-provider-texas-ruling-on-mifepristone-leaves-patients-clinics-in-limbo-2/feed/ 0 386594
Arizona Abortion Provider: Texas Ruling on Mifepristone Leaves Patients & Clinics “in Limbo” https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/10/arizona-abortion-provider-texas-ruling-on-mifepristone-leaves-patients-clinics-in-limbo/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/10/arizona-abortion-provider-texas-ruling-on-mifepristone-leaves-patients-clinics-in-limbo/#respond Mon, 10 Apr 2023 12:49:56 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=1542e4626f12c01069a9293dbc89ec5b Seg5 texasrulingprotest

We look at how racial disparities in healthcare treatment and access will shape the impact of anti-abortion rulings with Dr. DeShawn Taylor, an OB-GYN physician, abortion provider and owner of Desert Star Family Planning in Phoenix — the only Black-owned independent abortion provider in the border state of Arizona. Her upcoming book is Undue Burden: A Black Woman Physician on Being Christian and Pro-Abortion in the Reproductive Justice Movement.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/10/arizona-abortion-provider-texas-ruling-on-mifepristone-leaves-patients-clinics-in-limbo/feed/ 0 386592
Progressive Judge Wins Wisconsin Supreme Court Seat “In the Most Important Election of 2023” https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/progressive-judge-wins-wisconsin-supreme-court-seat-in-the-most-important-election-of-2023/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/progressive-judge-wins-wisconsin-supreme-court-seat-in-the-most-important-election-of-2023/#respond Wed, 05 Apr 2023 12:32:24 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=79c17206a264ef83216dc97b71312263 Seg3 janet

Democrat-backed Judge Janet Protasiewicz won a high-stakes Wisconsin Supreme Court race Tuesday, giving liberals a majority on the court for the first time since 2008 and renewing hopes the state’s abortion ban can be reversed. Protasiewicz’s rival, former Justice Dan Kelly, had support from Republicans and anti-abortion groups. The Wisconsin Supreme Court is also likely to weigh in on gerrymandering and voting access, with the potential to impact national elections for Congress and president. We get an update from John Nichols, national affairs correspondent for The Nation, who joins us from Madison, Wisconsin.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/05/progressive-judge-wins-wisconsin-supreme-court-seat-in-the-most-important-election-of-2023/feed/ 0 385407
100 days in, even Azerbaijan’s opposition backs Nagorno-Karabakh blockade https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/30/100-days-in-even-azerbaijans-opposition-backs-nagorno-karabakh-blockade/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/30/100-days-in-even-azerbaijans-opposition-backs-nagorno-karabakh-blockade/#respond Thu, 30 Mar 2023 11:21:14 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/odr/nagorno-karabakh-blockade-azerbaijan-100-days/ Baku speaks with one voice in support of the Aliyev regime’s aggressive campaign – but change may be in the air


This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Bashir Kitachayev.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/30/100-days-in-even-azerbaijans-opposition-backs-nagorno-karabakh-blockade/feed/ 0 383407
AFT President Randi Weingarten Delivers Major National Address ‘In Defense of Public Education’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/28/aft-president-randi-weingarten-delivers-major-national-address-in-defense-of-public-education/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/28/aft-president-randi-weingarten-delivers-major-national-address-in-defense-of-public-education/#respond Tue, 28 Mar 2023 15:03:51 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/aft-president-randi-weingarten-delivers-major-national-address-in-defense-of-public-education

American Federation of Teachers President Randi Weingarten has issued a clarion call to defend public education, transform learning and support children as the institution comes under existential threat from extremist, culture-war peddling politicians.

In an address to the National Press Club, the leader of the 1.7 million-member union urged civil society to fight for the future of public schools and help kids learn in the face of relentless attacks from the far-right intent on dismantling the schools that 90 percent of kids attend.

"Attacks on public education are not new. The difference today is that the attacks are intended to destroy it. To make it a battlefield, a political cudgel," Weingarten said.

"But we also must do better to address the learning loss and disconnection we are seeing in our young people. We can make every public school a school where parents want to send their kids, educators want to work and all students thrive."

Weingarten outlined a four-part plan to help kids' recovery and reclaim the purpose and promise of public education: 25,000 community schools, experiential learning for all kids including career and technical education, the revival and restoration of the teaching profession, and deepened partnerships with parents and the community.

From book bans and censorship of honest history to the removal and rejection of Black, LGBTQIA+ and minority students' existence and experiences, MAGA lawmakers have used culture wars to divide communities and other schemes that drain resources from public education.

"The Betsy DeVos wing of the school privatization movement is methodically working its plan: Starve public schools of the funds they need to succeed. Criticize them for their shortcomings. Erode trust in public schools by stoking fear and division, including attempting to pit parents against teachers. Replace them with private, religious, online and home schools.

"All toward their end goal of destroying public education as we know it, atomizing and balkanizing education in America, bullying the most vulnerable among us and leaving the students with the greatest needs with the most meager resources."

Weingarten began with a moment of silence in honor of the children and adults killed in Nashville and renewed her call for an assault weapons ban and commonsense gun safety measures.

She launched a Freedom to Teach and Learn hotline for parents, in conjunction with the Campaign for Our Shared Future, for educators and the public to report instances of political interference and censorship. Poll after poll has shown that parents and voters don't want politicized culture wars, they want schools and administrators to focus on what kids and communities need.

The hotline—888-873-7227—will serve as a clearinghouse for reports of political interference. If Americans see something, they should say something.

"It's a place to call if you've been told to remove a book from the curriculum or from the library, if you've been told that there are topics that can't be discussed in your classes or that you cannot teach honestly and appropriately, or if politicians in your district or state are targeting vulnerable student groups to score political points."

Rejecting the far-right's fearmongering, Weingarten outlined four essential strategies to promote greater investment and family and community engagement as an antidote to the tarring of schools with the politics of division and hate.

Expanding community schools, scaling experiential learning, addressing staff shortages, and deepening the partnership between families and educators "can help us create safe and welcoming environments and bring joy back to learning."

Community schools wrap academic counseling services, nutrition services, primary health and dental care, and much more around traditional schools to transform them into hubs that connect families and students with supports to learn and live. Weingarten called for 25,000 more community schools by 2025, noting that California just approved an investment of $45 million for community schools and that President Joe Biden has doubled federal community schools funding.

Experiential learning is based on the idea that students learn—and become engaged with the world, new ideas and each other—by doing. In one application, career and technical education, students use their minds and their hands to learn everything from welding and auto repair to nursing, IT, graphic design, plumbing, culinary skills and hospitality.

"Experiential learning embeds the things that make kids want to be in school. The excitement of learning that is deeply engaging, and the joy of being together, especially after the isolation of the last few years. The camaraderie and responsibility of working together on a team. And in the age of AI and chatGPT, this type of learning is critical to being able to think and write, solve problems, apply knowledge and discern fact from fiction."

The formula of starting by high school and identifying school-to-career pathways, including community colleges, partnering with employers, and ensuring the opportunities are paid, can be replicated everywhere.

The AFT is working closely on CTE and robust workforce strategy with the AFL-CIO, Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo, Education Secretary Miguel Cardona, acting Labor Secretary Julie Su and the Bloomberg Foundation and is reaching out to other business groups large and small.

Weingarten would also renew and revive the teaching profession "by treating educators as the professionals they are, with appropriate pay; time to plan and prepare for classes, to collaborate with colleagues, and to participate in meaningful professional development; and the power to make day-to-day classroom decisions."

To achieve this, the entire community must be involved and engaged at every juncture. Weingarten called for a deepening of the connection between parents, educators, employers and the community.

The AFT has ramped up its Powerful Partnerships Institute, distributing 27 grants to locals totaling more than $1.5 million. For example, Montana is engaging thousands of public education-supporting families and educators across the state around a shared agenda. And New Haven is working with educators, families and students on equitable school funding across Connecticut.

Weingarten ended by underlining the tipping point facing the nation on public schools with a rallying cry for allies to join her and the AFT in the fight ahead.

"This is our agenda. But this can't just be the work of our union or of school staff and schools alone. This is the work of a great nation—to ensure that our children's basic human needs are met so they are ready to learn to their full potential.

"Our public schools shouldn't be pawns for politicians' ambitions. Or defunded and destroyed by ideologues. We are at a crossroads: Fear and division, or hope and opportunity. A great nation does not fear people being educated. A great nation does not fear pluralism. A great nation chooses freedom, democracy, equality and opportunity.

"All of that starts in our public schools."

Weingarten's full speech can be read here.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/28/aft-president-randi-weingarten-delivers-major-national-address-in-defense-of-public-education/feed/ 0 383003
What Will It Take to End the Billionaire Bailout Society We Live In? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/16/what-will-it-take-to-end-the-billionaire-bailout-society-we-live-in/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/16/what-will-it-take-to-end-the-billionaire-bailout-society-we-live-in/#respond Thu, 16 Mar 2023 16:38:11 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/silicon-valley-bank-bailout

In case we need any more proof, the bailout of the Silicon Valley Bank (SVB) is yet another overt sign that we are operating within a new version of capitalism. The wealthiest among us have little fear of losing money from their most important financial investments. They know they will be bailed out, and the rest of us will pick up the tab.

The crisis at SVB has made a mockery of bank deposit insurance and private banking. In the US, bank deposits are insured up to $250,000. If the bank fails, those with accounts below that amount are fully protected. But deposits over that amount are not.

The reason is straightforward. If you insure all accounts, no matter their size, bank executives will have every incentive to maximise their profits by investing depositor money in the riskiest, highest-yielding investments they can find.

If they succeed, the bank officers and investors become rich. If they fail, the government makes the depositors whole. It’s a business model with little downside.

This logic has been understood since the first bank insurance was debated and put in place during the 1930s. (President Roosevelt worried that bank insurance would unfairly subsidise poorly run banks.) So why is this rule being breached now?

The reasons given are many. Small businesses with sums in SVB above $250,000 won’t be able to make payroll. Workers will be laid off. Cutting-edge high-tech enterprises will fail. People will lose confidence and cause bank runs. The entire financial system, it is implied, is so interconnected that a failure of one bank may take down many others, and so on.

But perhaps the major reason in the case of SVB’s bailout has to do with the very wealthy venture capitalists who are invested in many of the tech start-ups that have their money parked in SVB accounts. These VC moguls, many of whom profess to be anti-government libertarians, made it clear to the political establishment that a bailout was required – and immediately!

This time, they didn’t care about bailing out the investors or bank officers. Those days are over. The big money was wrapped up in more than $200 billion in uninsured deposits. Their argument was simple—we are just too important to America for it to allow our operations to suffer financially. We are the backbone of high tech, of innovation, of American economic leadership. (And we put a lot of money into your political campaigns.)

Gutting regulation

SVB’s failure—and the failure of New York-based Signature Bank that followed—will lead to much hand-wringing about the need to tighten regulations, which were weakened in 2018 during the Trump administration.

SVB lobbied successfully to avoid facing the same regulations as the “systemically important” mega-banks. They wriggled out of some of the strongest provisions of the Dodd-Frank banking legislation, as the bank assets threshold was increased from $50 billion to $250 billion. (Barney Frank, the Frank in Dodd-Frank, incredibly, supported the weakening of his own bill. He sits on the board of the failed Signature Bank, having received more than $2.4 million in cash and stock awards over the past seven years.)

While the need for tighter regulations will dominate the discussion, we are missing the bigger picture. The financial barons and their CEO partners have a stranglehold over our economy: They are too big to fail and too politically important to suffer any appreciable financial harm. We will always bail them out, or the economy will crash, harming millions of working people.

It wasn’t always like this.

After the Great Depression, banking in the US was tightly regulated. One measure of this government control shows up in the income received by bankers. Between WWII and 1980 or so, there was virtually no difference in income between financial and manufacturing professionals.

That changed in a hurry after the Reagan-Thatcher idea of government captured the minds of most policymakers. The goal was to get the government out of the economy and get its foot off the necks of Wall Street/City financiers. Let them be free to create, free to build, free to drive the economy forward. Let them fund mergers and hostile takeovers that weed out the weak. Let them use corporate money to buy back stocks, manipulate share prices and stuff their own pockets. Let them become rich and richer as they lead us to a brighter, better world.

Once deregulation started, money flowed to the top. In the US, the gap between the top 100 CEOs and an average worker was about 40 to 1 in 1980. Today it is closer to 1000 to 1. And as the money flowed upwards, more deregulation followed.

Both political parties tripped over themselves to compete for Wall Street cash. The Democrats, under Bill Clinton, broke through Glass Steagall—the wall created during the New Deal that separated risky investment banking from the insurance industry and commercial banking.

And they deregulated derivatives that allowed for financial betting involving tens of trillions of dollars. It was argued that these bets would stabilise the financial system by spreading risk far and wide.

Instead, it brought the system to its knees. The entire financial system froze in 2008, causing six million American workers to lose their jobs in a matter of months due to no fault of their own.

The government responded by bailing out those banks and basically guaranteeing their profits. It allowed the failed banking executives to stay in control, and none of the financial criminals were prosecuted. This announced to all who cared to notice that we had entered a phase of capitalism we could call the Billionaire Bailout Society.

To be sure, new regulations had to be passed to appease a furious public. Dodd-Frank forced the large banks to keep more cash on hand and to go through periodic stress tests. But should a crisis reach those banks, does anyone really believe they will be allowed to fail?

The question to ask right now must go beyond how to re-regulate massive for-profit private banks. The real question is, what will it take to disband the Billionaire Bailout Society?

The SVB event tells us that any bank that is well-connected or simply large enough to cause financial chaos will have its depositors bailed out – all of them. But then, how are such banks free enterprises?

The next step should be obvious. Our only realistic path away from having to bail them out over and over again is to nationalise large parts of the banking system. If these financial institutions are so interconnected that we can’t let them fail, they should be run as publicly owned utilities.

I put it this way at the end of Looting of America, written in 2009:

Let’s hope we don’t throw away much of our children’s inheritance because we did not have the courage to do the obvious: Take over the failing major banks, drastically trim their astronomical salaries, control their hazardous financial engineering, and run the damn things for the good of us all….

If by the time you read these words, we have avoided a full-scale depression, we should consider ourselves more fortunate than wise. Or as Bob Dylan lamented:

An’ here I sit so patiently
Waiting to find out what price
You have to pay to get out of
Going through all these things twice


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Les Leopold.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/16/what-will-it-take-to-end-the-billionaire-bailout-society-we-live-in/feed/ 0 380040
The Constitutional Right to a Healthful Environment (in New York State) https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/06/the-constitutional-right-to-a-healthful-environment-in-new-york-state/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/06/the-constitutional-right-to-a-healthful-environment-in-new-york-state/#respond Mon, 06 Mar 2023 06:28:21 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=275854 Just over a year ago, the New York State Constitution was amended to include a right to a healthy environment. Since January 2022, Article 1, Section 19, the so-called Green Amendment to the New York State Constitution, states that “each person shall have a right to clean air and water, and a healthful environment.” (Although More

The post The Constitutional Right to a Healthful Environment (in New York State) appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Elliot Sperber.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/06/the-constitutional-right-to-a-healthful-environment-in-new-york-state/feed/ 0 377261
Alaska Says It’s Now Legal “in Some Instances” to Discriminate Against LGBTQ Individuals https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/04/alaska-says-its-now-legal-in-some-instances-to-discriminate-against-lgbtq-individuals/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/04/alaska-says-its-now-legal-in-some-instances-to-discriminate-against-lgbtq-individuals/#respond Sat, 04 Mar 2023 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/alaska-drops-lgbtq-discrimination-ban by Kyle Hopkins, Anchorage Daily News

This article was produced for ProPublica’s Local Reporting Network in partnership with the Anchorage Daily News. Sign up for Dispatches to get stories like this one as soon as they are published.

In June 2020, after the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that workplace discrimination against people based on their sexual orientation or gender identity was illegal, Alaska quickly moved to follow suit.

It published new guidelines in 2021 saying Alaska’s LGBTQ protections now extended beyond the workplace to housing, government practices, finance and “public accommodation.” It updated the website of the Alaska State Commission for Human Rights to explicitly say it was illegal to discriminate against someone because of that person’s sexual orientation or gender identity.

The executive director for the state commission co-wrote an essay describing the ruling as a “sea change under Alaska law for LGBTQ+ individuals’ rights to be free from discrimination.”

But a year later, the commission quietly reversed that position. It deleted language from the state website promising equal protections for transgender and gay Alaskans against most categories of discrimination, and it began refusing to investigate complaints. Only employment-related complaints would now be accepted, and investigators dropped any non-employment LGBTQ civil rights cases they had been working on.

The Alaska State Commission for Human Rights website previously stated, “In Alaska it is illegal to discriminate … because of … sexual orientation / gender identity or ‘expression.’” As of Aug. 18, 2022, the site removed the language saying it was illegal to discriminate against LGBTQ people. A reference that was added lower on the page now says it is illegal to discriminate for those reasons “in some instances”. (Highlights added by ProPublica for emphasis)

An investigation by the Anchorage Daily News and ProPublica found the decision had been requested by a conservative Christian group and was made the week of the Republican primary for governor, in which Gov. Mike Dunleavy was criticized for not being conservative enough. The commission made the change on the advice of Attorney General Treg Taylor and announced it publicly via its Twitter feed — which currently has 31 followers — on Election Day.

The LGBTQ advocacy nonprofit Identity Alaska called the reversal “state-sponsored discrimination.”

The group noted that discrimination against LGBTQ people can occur in a variety of domains, including housing, financing and other decisions by the state. “The real-world consequences of these policies are harms to LGBTQIA+ Alaskans,” Identity Alaska’s board said in a written statement to the Daily News and ProPublica.

“Without regard to sexual orientation or gender identity, all Alaskans should be protected against discrimination at the Alaska State Commission for Human Rights,” the statement said.

Robert Corbisier, who has been executive director of the Alaska State Commission for Human Rights since 2019, said the attorney general directed him to make the change in an email, though Corbisier said he would not provide the news organizations with a copy of it. He said that Taylor said the Supreme Court case, known as Bostock v. Clayton County, was limited to employment discrimination and therefore the agency should limit its own enforcement to employment matters, unless the state Legislature expanded its authority.

Taylor is Dunleavy’s third attorney general appointee. The governor’s first choice, Kevin Clarkson, resigned in August 2020 when the Daily News and ProPublica reported he sent hundreds of unwanted texts to a colleague. Dunleavy’s next nominee to lead the Alaska Department of Law, Ed Sniffen, resigned as the newsrooms were preparing an article about a woman who had accused him of sexual misconduct that occurred in 1991. (Based on those accusations, the state charged Sniffen with three felony counts of sexual abuse of a minor. He has pleaded not guilty and is awaiting trial.)

Alaska Attorney General Treg Taylor, foreground, appears before the House Judiciary Committee for a confirmation hearing in 2021 in Juneau. (Becky Bohrer/AP Photo)

Taylor refused to be interviewed. In response to questions about the timing and purpose of his communications with the commission, his office provided a written statement.

“The Department of Law’s role is to provide legal advice to state government based on the law. The department does not make policy. Policy decisions are left up to the department’s clients, which include most executive branch departments, divisions, agencies, boards and commissions, including ASCHR,” Taylor said. “As necessitated by changes in the law or the need to correct prior advice, the department will update the advice it has previously provided to its clients.”

The office noted that Alaska joined other states in suing the federal government in August 2021 to block the application of the Bostock decision to LGBTQ people in schools and government jobs. A federal judge sided with the states and issued a preliminary injunction last year; the federal government is appealing.

Dunleavy declined interview requests. In a written statement, a spokesperson said, “The Governor’s office was not involved in the Department of Law’s legal advice on LGBTQ+ discrimination cases.”

Asked why the commission changed its policy based on a brief communication from the attorney general, Corbisier said, “The attorney general is counsel to the agency. And, I mean, I’m a lawyer. I’ve been in private practice. I think you should do what your lawyer tells you to do.”

The human rights commission describes itself as an impartial, nonpartisan arm of state government. Dunleavy ordered an investigation into the former executive director in 2019, for example, after she made a post to the agency’s Facebook page criticizing a “black rifles matter” sticker as racist.

The post drew an outcry from Alaska conservatives and gun owners, and the director was suspended for 15 days. She soon resigned, followed by the commission chairman, a gay Black man. Both said at the time that they hoped their departures would help the commission put the controversy to rest and allow it to resume its work.

The current commission chairperson said he once filed an equal opportunity employment complaint claiming he had been passed over for a job in the U.S. Army because he is a man. He has in the past year posted tweets questioning the validity of transgender identity.

“So this Roe v. Wade leak is said to be a preview of an attack against women. To the Left, what’s a woman,” the chair, Zackary Gottshall, tweeted on May 3, 2022. Two months later he retweeted a statement by Rep. Jim Jordan, R-Ohio, saying, “Crazy this needs to be said, but men can’t get pregnant.”

Asked by the Daily News and ProPublica about his views on transgender issues, Gottshall wrote: “As per my religious beliefs and convictions, I believe in the family unit as a whole, that being a primary social group consisting of parents and children. Everyone has the right to define themselves and/or identify themselves as they see fit. Everyone also has the right to respectfully disagree based upon the protections under the 1st Amendment.”

Gottshall’s wife, Heather Gottshall, served as campaign field director for Kelly Tshibaka, who lost to incumbent Republican Sen. Lisa Murkowski last year. As a Harvard Law student, Tshibaka wrote in support of an organization that advocated for gay conversion therapy, stating that “unlike race or gender, homosexuality is a choice.” Heather Gottshall also is one of three registered directors for a nonprofit called Preserve Democracy, created by Tshibaka in December.

The commission reelected Zackary Gottshall as chairman at its annual meeting on Feb. 22.

State law does not explicitly offer civil rights protection to gay and transgender people.

But under federal law, Title VII of The Civil Rights Act of 1964 “prohibits employment discrimination based on race, color, religion, sex and national origin.”

With the Bostock ruling, the U.S. Supreme Court found sex discrimination includes discrimination against people based on sexual orientation or gender identity. In Alaska, the state Supreme Court has found that Title VII of the Civil Rights Act provides the framework for Alaska’s civil rights laws.

It was based on that precedent that the Alaska State Commission for Human Rights began accepting all categories of anti-LGBTQ discrimination complaints in 2021.

“The guidance we received from the Department of Law was, ‘You should be taking all LGBTQ cases’” in the areas in which the commission has jurisdiction, Corbisier said in a recent interview. “So employment, public accommodation, sale and rental of real property, credit and financing, and government practices. Retaliation is also a covered jurisdiction.”

That legal advice, he said, came from Kevin Higgins, an assistant attorney general assigned to advise the commission.

Neither Higgins nor Corbisier would provide the written advice, saying it was covered by attorney-client privilege.

Even so, the advice from the state Department of Law suggested that the Bostock decision had broader implications for LGBTQ rights in Alaska.

“We started thinking we had the ability to take cases across the board,” Corbisier said.

Jim Minnery, the president of the conservative Christian group Alaska Family Council, became aware of the new policy. The family council does not hesitate to criticize Republican candidates for what it considers to be too liberal a view of LGBTQ issues.

“The AK State Commission on Human Rights is simply another bureaucracy trying to seize power to make its own laws. This can’t pass in Juneau through elected office holders so they’re trying to pull an end run,” Minnery said in a text message.

Minnery said his group informed the Dunleavy administration in the beginning of 2021 that “the ASCHR was trying to use the Bostock ruling to circumvent having to pass legislation.”

The attorney general’s office said Minnery’s group did not influence its guidance.

What is clear, however, is that around the time of last year’s primary election, the attorney general personally got involved.

Unlike in most states, the Alaska attorney general is appointed by the governor rather than elected.

Dunleavy appointed Taylor as acting attorney general after Sniffen resigned in January 2021. Taylor had twice run unsuccessfully for local political office. Since becoming attorney general, he has appeared on public records as the director for a group that paid for attack ads on Democratic candidates during the 2022 election cycle and is advertised as the host for a $15,000-a-head fundraiser the group is planning this summer.

Dunleavy entered the summer facing two well-funded Republicans who positioned themselves as more conservative than the incumbent.

On a July 8 talk radio show in Kenai, host Bob Bird called on the governor’s spokesperson to explain why Dunleavy had settled a federal lawsuit that now allowed public funds to be used for transgender surgeries and hormone treatments.

What would Dunleavy do, Bird hypothesized, if the Supreme Court “ruled that white males were not fully human,” according to an account by the conservative faith-based news website Alaska Watchman.

“At what point would say a governor, a so-called conservative governor, say we’re just not going to obey that because white males are human beings?” Bird asked, according to the website.

The Dunleavy spokesperson, Dave Stieren, said he had asked the same question in an effort to understand the state’s choices for paying for gender-affirming surgeries, the site reported. He said his understanding, at the time, was that Alaska’s federal Medicaid funding was at risk if the state refused the payments.

Bird at one point told the governor’s spokesperson: “The people will rally to somebody who shows spine.”

On July 11, the commission received a briefing on the status of LGBTQ protections in Alaska at the request of Gottshall. According to a copy of the briefing, provided by Gottshall, the commission at that time was still investigating all categories of discrimination against Alaskans based on gender identity and sexual orientation.

Within the next few weeks, the director for the state human rights commission received a new email about the Bostock ruling and LGBTQ rights law in Alaska. This time it was from the attorney general himself, Corbisier said in a phone interview.

He said the email was “not a formal AG opinion.”

“The substance of it was, you know, ‘Your jurisdiction is for LGBTQ, is just employment,’” he said.

The Department of Law has not yet responded to a records request for the email.

It’s unclear when Taylor sent the email, but Corbisier said it was just before the commission posted a note about the change to Twitter and Facebook on Aug. 16, the day of the primary election.

“Based upon updated legal advice, ASCHR will only be able to take LGBTQ+ employment discrimination cases filed under AS 18.80.220. Our position that LGBTQ+ discrimination applied to places of public accommodation, housing, credit/financing, and government practices is void,” the social media posts said.

The agency issued no press release saying it was rolling back enforcement of equality laws. There was no essay or editorials. The human rights commission’s social media posts reached only a smattering of followers on the day of the statewide primary elections.

The commission also began deleting language from its website.

The homepage, as of Aug. 15, had stated, “In Alaska it is illegal to discriminate in employment, places of public accommodation, sale of rental or real property, financing and credit, practices by the state or its political subdivisions because of race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation / gender identity or ‘expression,’ national origin, physical disability.”

According to the Internet Archive, the page was changed sometime between Aug. 16 and Aug. 18 to remove the words: “sexual orientation / gender identity or ‘expression’” from the list of reasons it is illegal to discriminate against someone.

A line was added lower on the page saying that it is “in some instances” illegal to discriminate against someone based on sexual orientation and gender identity.

Elsewhere on the website, the commission removed a link to a document called “ASCHR LGBTQ Discrimination Guide.”

In the meantime, the commission stopped accepting complaints of LGBTQ discrimination except for those that are workplace related.

It’s unclear how many non-workplace complaints the commission received during the year it was accepting those cases. At first, Corbisier said he couldn’t provide that number because complaints are confidential under state law.

When reminded that the commission does publish an annual report that provides the number of complaints received based on the category of discrimination, Corbisier said, “You might have just caught me because I know we started tracking LGBTQ (complaints) when that jurisdiction originally changed.”

The director later called back to say no statistics would be available on the number and nature of anti-LGBTQ complaints the commission received because that information was not tracked within its database. (Any such complaints would have been filed under the more broad category of sex discrimination, he said.)

The commission’s 2022 annual report showed 134 complaints were filed in 2022, including 25 based on sex.

Brandon Nakasato served on the human rights commission from 2016 to 2019. He resigned as chairman around the same time the former director was suspended for publicly criticizing the “black rifles matter” sticker she saw on a truck in the agency’s parking lot.

Alaska State Commission for Human Rights members Marcus Sanders, left, David Barton, middle, and Brandon Nakasato at a meeting of the panel in 2019. “I think legislators need to hear how this lack of protection is hurting people,” Nakasato said. (Mark Thiessen/AP Photo)

It hasn’t been a smooth ride since. The agency made headlines in November 2022 when its former executive director, a black woman, sued the state saying that she was subjected to a hostile work environment, underpaid compared with past directors and fired because of her gender, race and status as a military veteran. The state denied the claims in a November answer to the lawsuit; the case is awaiting trial in federal court.

Nakasato had been part of an effort in 2016 to try and convince the Alaska Legislature, unsuccessfully, to change state law to enshrine civil rights protections for gay and transgender people so that the commission wouldn’t have to rely on the whims of judges.

“I think legislators need to hear how this lack of protection is hurting people,” he said. “I was one of those little gay kids that considered killing themselves, living in a rural area, who believes that they were the weirdest person on earth. And there are teens like that in the (Alaska) Bush right now who need to hear that their leaders are caring for them too.”

Have you filed or tried to file a complaint alleging discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation or gender identity with the Alaska State Commission for Human Rights? If so, we’d like to hear about your experience. Please email us at alaska@propublica.org.


This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Kyle Hopkins, Anchorage Daily News.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/04/alaska-says-its-now-legal-in-some-instances-to-discriminate-against-lgbtq-individuals/feed/ 0 377124
One year in, the toxic legacy of war in Ukraine comes into view https://grist.org/health/one-year-in-the-toxic-legacy-of-war-in-ukraine-comes-into-view/ https://grist.org/health/one-year-in-the-toxic-legacy-of-war-in-ukraine-comes-into-view/#respond Wed, 01 Mar 2023 11:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=603540 February marked the one-year anniversary of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, 12 months of humanitarian, political, and economic crises. Tens of thousands of lives have been lost, millions of people have been displaced, and while the Ukrainian military surprised the world by holding its own and reclaiming half the land captured by Russia this year, the fighting has no clear end in sight.

The conflict also put the global oil trade in the spotlight. From the beginning, some argued that spiking gas prices in the absence of Russian fuel supplies would spur clean energy planning in Europe and elsewhere. But a year out, it has become clear that the war resulted in essentially a doubling down on dirty fuel, at least in the short term. European subsidies for fossil fuels rose higher than ever and carbon emissions reached a global peak as countries scrambled for coal, oil, and gas. Nations that couldn’t afford natural gas turned to burning more coal, and U.S. President Joe Biden called for more domestic fossil fuel production. Meanwhile, Shell, Exxon, and BP reported record profits.

Largely ignored, however, at least in many international circles, has been the war’s massive environmental impact on Ukraine itself. A year out, the extent of these damages are becoming clear. In its campaign, Russia has targeted electric grids, oil refineries, and nuclear plants, and wrought untold damage to ecosystems, soil, and water through the bombing of fields and industrial sites. 

explosives detonated in pine forest in Ukraine
Anti-tank mines and explosives are detonated by the Ukrainian national police de-mining team in the pine forests of the Donetsk region in October 2022. Yasuyoshi Chiba/AFP via Getty Images

“In 2015, we had a fire at an oil facility that was one of the biggest environmental disasters in Ukrainian history,” said Yevheniia Zasiadko, the head of the climate department at Ecoaction, a Ukrainian nonprofit. “Since the Russians invaded, there have been more than 40 such facilities destroyed across Ukraine.” 

Attacks on oil depots caused some of the tens of thousands of blazes that have burned across Ukraine mostly started by shelling. About a third of the country’s forests have been affected, and over 57,000 acres have completely burned down, according to data from Ukraine’s environment ministry (as reported in the Economist, the ministry’s website was down at publication time). Oil and trees set ablaze are some of the main contributors to the 46.2 million tons of carbon dioxide, or CO2, released into the atmosphere since Russia’s invasion. The ministry says air pollution has been one of the war’s most costly environmental impacts. 

Ecoaction has been tracking the environmental damage since last February, drawing information from media reports and local government announcements and publishing updated findings online every two weeks. Greenpeace joined the effort to provide satellite verification and mapping. So far the team has documented 863 instances of degradation, including widespread forest fires, destroyed terrestrial and marine ecosystems, burst pipelines filling wetlands with oil, sunken ships in the Black Sea, chemical plant waste spilling into rivers, and radioactive releases from nuclear plants. “A huge territory is still occupied so we don’t even know what is happening there,” said Zasiadko. Much of the liberated territory of Ukraine is full of explosive mines, which poses a challenge for mapping and ground-truthing.

“Ukraine is an industrial country and we have a lot of chemical and heavy metal [processing] factories,” said Zasiadko. A big part of that was destroyed, she said, which released toxic materials to flow into waterways and leach into the soil. In the early days of the war, part of a Russian missile hit a livestock waste storage facility near the Ikva river in the Rivne region of western Ukraine and caused a fish die-off in the neighboring region. In another case near the town of Sumy, in northeast Ukraine, people had to stay inside their homes for days after receiving notice of ammonia leaking from a struck power plant.

“Because lots of area was mined [with explosive devices], firefighters cannot do their job, and local scientists cannot go in to monitor the situation.”

Kateryna Polyanska, an ecologist with the Ukrainian environmental nonprofit Environment People Law, has been traveling around the country examining the landscape and taking soil samples from mine craters. “At the beginning I tried to analyze satellite images but that wasn’t enough,” she told Grist. “I understood that I should go to the fields.” Her early lab results have found nickel, zinc, and other heavy metals from shells, bombs, and shrapnel in the soil, as well as chemical contamination and fuel from unexploded missiles. In her travels, she also observed the growing problem of “war waste,” toxic materials from rubble, like asbestos in home ceilings, without any place for proper disposal. 

“A lot of these things have a huge risk for human health and lives,” said Polyanska, adding that the attacks and their aftereffects have also impacted animals, like foxes in the forest, dolphins in the Black Sea, and rare ecosystems like the Holy Mountains in the Donetsk province, in the east of Ukraine. Over 30 percent of the country’s natural protected areas have been hit and the environment ministry estimates 600 animal species and 880 plant species are at risk of extinction, as reported in the Guardian

Another area of particular concern has been nuclear radiation. Last February and March, Russian forces occupied the Chernobyl power station, the site of an infamous 1986 nuclear accident, for five weeks; they dug trenches in the thousand-square-mile radioactive exclusion zone, now effectively a protected area. Studies after they left showed radiation levels three times higher than normal in parts of the Red Forest.

Emergency workers extinguish fire after shelling in Ukraine
Emergency service workers extinguish a fire after shelling on the Bakhmut frontline in Ivanivske, Ukraine on January 2. Diego Herrera Carcedo/Anadolu Agency via Getty Images

“Because lots of area was mined [meaning scattered with explosive devices], firefighters cannot do their job, and local scientists cannot go in to monitor the situation,” said Denys Tsutsaiev, a Greenpeace campaigner in Kyiv. He added that just after the liberation of the Chernobyl territory, a fire truck drove over a mine and exploded.

Ukraine’s four active nuclear plants from which the country sources half its electricity are also at risk. For the past eleven months, Russian forces have occupied the Zaporizhzhia plant in the south of the country, and damages to surrounding power supply lines raise concerns about reactors overheating. “At the moment there is only one backup line connected to the plant,” said Tsutsaiev. Russians have also drained the nearby Kakhovka reservoir, used for cooling the plant’s reactors and providing water to large populations to the south.

Donbas, the country’s eastern region where much of its industry is concentrated, is also the country’s main coal producing area. It has long been a site of conflict, proclaimed partially as an independent territory by pro-Russian separatists in 2014 and currently under Russian occupation. Between 2015 and 2021, international monitoring showed that over 30 coal mines had been flooded in the region, polluting groundwater and surface water with metals, sulfates, and mineral salts. Since the beginning of full-scale invasion, 10 more have been flooded, though it’s possible that the actual number is higher. 

“Usually when Russia occupies a territory they cut off electricity,” said Zasiadko. “That means the pipelines aren’t taking out groundwater, and the mines flood.”

While much of Ukraine’s power grid miraculously remains standing, over 213 reported attacks on electric facilities over the last several months have left large parts of the country without power, limiting drinking water treatment and compromising human health. 

Power infrastructure burns in Kyiv
Critical power infrastructure burns after a Russian drone attack near a residential building in Kyiv in December 2022. Aleksandr Gusev/SOPA Images/LightRocket via Getty Images

With war still raging, Zasiadko says it has been hard to get Ukrainian officials and international allies to pay attention to reconstruction in liberated areas. Harder still is drawing resources for environmental restoration.

“Ukrainian authorities are speaking about ecocide but there isn’t much action on ‘what are we going to do with the pollutants?’,” said Zasiadko. “There is mostly discussion about rebuilding infrastructure and roads.” In July, at the Ukraine Recovery Conference in Lugano, Switzerland, Ukrainian authorities presented their first reconstruction plan to a large group of international leaders and finance institutions; environmental groups objected to it on the grounds that it consisted mostly of construction projects “without a systematic approach to nature conservation.”

Zasiadko says the priority, when it comes to the environment, needs to be testing, monitoring, and pollution clean-up. Ukraine’s economy is 40 percent agriculture, she said, and it’s already coming back in the reclaimed areas. “At the moment the soil is not always de-mined and there have been many examples of explosions on farmlands.” She is concerned that people are growing food in polluted soil. Soil cleanup is a long endeavor, specific to the site and the contaminant. And de-mining could take 10 years. “In the future, we will need special divers who can go in and clean the rivers from explosive materials and mines,” said Polyanska.

Ukraine’s environment ministry, for its part, is keeping an extensive record of the environmental damage and evaluating the cost with the goal of demanding compensation from Russia. The ministry’s most recent findings report that almost a third of the country remains hazardous, 160 nature reserves are under threat of destruction, and the total cost of environmental damage is over $50 billion. While Tsutsaiev appreciates the efforts to document the damage, he says the government and partners should also be seeking other funding and making a plan for how restoration is going to occur. 

Ukraine was in the midst of a “just transition” pilot program to help coal workers find new clean energy jobs in nine cities in the eastern coal mining regions when the war broke out. That project has been put on hold. Tsutsaiev hopes reconstruction can be used as an opportunity to rebuild with climate change in mind. 
“Greening the reconstruction means empowering local municipalities not to use all the old technologies but to think about energy independence and energy security,” said Tsutsaiev. He cited the example of a hospital close to Kyiv that was damaged in the first days of the war. Greenpeace helped with the installation of a heat pump and solar panels during reconstruction. “Now, when there is no electricity in the area, the hospital continues to receive power,” he said. 

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline One year in, the toxic legacy of war in Ukraine comes into view on Mar 1, 2023.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Blanca Begert.

]]>
https://grist.org/health/one-year-in-the-toxic-legacy-of-war-in-ukraine-comes-into-view/feed/ 0 376186
The Ukraine War One Year in: Nine False Narratives https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/24/the-ukraine-war-one-year-in-nine-false-narratives/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/24/the-ukraine-war-one-year-in-nine-false-narratives/#respond Fri, 24 Feb 2023 06:59:27 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=274927 Here we are one year after Russia’s blood-drenched invasion of Ukraine, the country that has always been the leading tripwire for a global nuclear war in the post-Soviet era. The subsequent United States (US)-Russia proxy war that has unfolded and escalated there is a rolling slaughterhouse with a body count in the tens if not the hundreds of thousands. It feels increasingly like a chapter in a dystopian novel depicting the march to World War III. More

The post The Ukraine War One Year in: Nine False Narratives appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Paul Street.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/24/the-ukraine-war-one-year-in-nine-false-narratives/feed/ 0 375074
Student Loan Borrowers to Rally ‘In Full Force’ as Supreme Court Weighs Biden Relief Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/20/student-loan-borrowers-to-rally-in-full-force-as-supreme-court-weighs-biden-relief-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/20/student-loan-borrowers-to-rally-in-full-force-as-supreme-court-weighs-biden-relief-plan/#respond Mon, 20 Feb 2023 19:02:51 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/student-debt-supreme-court-rally

Supporters of President Joe Biden's stalled student debt relief proposal are planning to rally outside the U.S. Supreme Court in Washington, D.C. at the end of the month as justices hear a case challenging the administration's long-awaited program.

After Biden in August announced his plan to cancel up to $20,000 for Pell Grant recipients and up to $10,000 for borrowers with incomes under $125,000 for individuals or $250,000 for households, right-wing politicians and activists took to the courts. The administration has stopped taking applications while awaiting the high court's decision but also extended a pause on loan repayments until June.

Given that the right-wing court's ruling is expected to "determine the fate of this program and the economic freedom of millions," organizers of the People's Rally for Student Debt Cancellation intend to "bring the voices and stories of impacted borrowers directly to the steps of the court" on February 28 from 8:00 am to noon ET.

"I wanted to make sure that the justices look into the eyes of borrowers while they're doing the hearing."

"More than 26 million borrowers remain in limbo, including 16 million who have been officially approved for relief" through BIden's "life-changing" program, because of "blatantly partisan lawsuits were filed by the president's political opponents to block the desperately needed relief," organizers highlight on a webpage for the rally, set to be livestreamed.

"For too long the student debt crisis has exacerbated racial and economic inequality," organizers argue on the Campaign to Cancel My Student Debt website, managed by the Student Borrower Protection Center. "Working people are looking to SCOTUS to follow the letter of the law and uphold critical relief for millions of student loan borrowers."

Rise, a youth-led nonprofit that aims to make higher education free, plans to bring around 100 college students from the swing states Arizona, Georgia, Michigan, Pennsylvania, and Wisconsin to the D.C. rally, co-founder Max Lubin toldInsider.

"I think that when people see who is impacted, if they themselves are not, they start to understand that this is about fairness and this is about opportunity, and not ruining someone's life with decades of unpayable debt just because you're trying to earn an education," he said.

"In these kinds of D.C. fights, oftentimes real impacted Americans, real people are not considered and not present, and they are ignored by either elected, or in this case, appointed decision-makers," Lubin continued. "So we're showing up in full force."

Melissa Byrne, executive director of We the 45 Million, a campaign that fights for student debt cancellation, told Insider that in addition to the rally the day of the oral arguments, there will be an event at 6:00 pm ET the night before the hearing.

"We're going to have fun with it in the evening," Byrne explained. "With a brass band, mariachi, acapella, people telling their stories, pizza, and just to really show and demonstrate that borrowers are just like your neighbors, and that this relief is helping out your communities around the country."

"I wanted to make sure that the justices look into the eyes of borrowers while they're doing the hearing," she added. "Our actions will show that the people with debt are just regular people from around the country."

Supporters of debt cancellation continue to call out those who have stood in the way of the president's proposal—which was more modest than many borrowers and other Democratic politicians had advocated.

"Whether purchasing their first home, starting a business, or growing their family, millions of borrowers will benefit from student debt cancellation," Rep. Ayanna Pressley(D-Mass.) said Sunday, adding that Biden "has the legal authority" and "Republicans must stop obstructing this relief."

Former Democratic congressional candidate Nina Turner—now a senior fellow at the New School's Institute on Race, Power, and Political Economy—similarly stressed Sunday that the president "has legal authority to cancel student debt and conservative judges are holding it up."

"Over 40 million borrowers would qualify for this administration's one-time student debt relief," the White House tweeted Monday. "In every single congressional district, at least half of eligible borrowers either applied or were deemed auto-eligible for relief—in the one month the application was available."

"Millions of these borrowers—and more—could be experiencing relief right now," the White House added, "if it were not for lawsuits brought by opponents of the student debt relief program."


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/20/student-loan-borrowers-to-rally-in-full-force-as-supreme-court-weighs-biden-relief-plan/feed/ 0 374064
Displacement in Delhi: “In the Capital, This is How Farmers are Treated” https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/16/displacement-in-delhi-in-the-capital-this-is-how-farmers-are-treated/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/16/displacement-in-delhi-in-the-capital-this-is-how-farmers-are-treated/#respond Thu, 16 Feb 2023 06:33:04 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=274166 Delhi Development Authority’s bulldozers razing crops in Delhi’s Bela Estate in November 2020, with police protection. PHOTO • KAMAL SINGH “Our relationship is with the Yamuna. We have always been next to a river.” That’s Vijender Singh talking about his family’s bond with the river. A community of mallahs (boatmen), they have lived next to and More

The post Displacement in Delhi: “In the Capital, This is How Farmers are Treated” appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Shalini Singh.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/16/displacement-in-delhi-in-the-capital-this-is-how-farmers-are-treated/feed/ 0 373139
Be. Very. Careful. Who. You. Invite. In. https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/14/be-very-careful-who-you-invite-in/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/14/be-very-careful-who-you-invite-in/#respond Tue, 14 Feb 2023 06:59:16 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=274019

Havar sculpture by Shahzia Sikander. Image: Madison Square Park Conservancy.

In his essay in the Opinion section of the New York Times on Feb. 1, 2023, “Be Open to Spiritual Experience. Also, Be Really Careful,”[1] Ross Douthat’s seemingly amorphous warning is really aimed at the two new statues by citizen-of-the-world visual artist Shahzia Sikander, appearing in the public space of the roof of the New York Appellate Court and adjacent to it, in the shape of a flowering female form installed in Madison Square Park.

In one of the more bizarre columns of his that I’ve read, Douthat claims he wants to both “defend the rationality of this kind of spiritual experimentation” (which he sees manifested in Sikander’s work), then to warn us about its dangers. While I have no idea what he means by “the rationality of spiritual experimentation,” he attacks what he sees as three contemporary manifestations of it: the current Tik Tok craze, the DMT or “psychonautic” drug experimentation culture, and finally, Sikander’s “statue on a New York courthouse, occupying a plinth near famous lawgivers like Moses and Confucius. It’s a golden woman, or at least a female figure, with braided hair shaped like horns, roots or tendrils for arms and feet, rising from a lotus flower.” Whilst acknowledging that this “golden woman” who wears “a version of Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg’s lace collar” is meant to evoke “female power in a historically male-dominated legal world and to protest Roe v. Wade’s reversal” as the artist herself has stated, what disturbs the liberal sentiments of Douthat nonetheless is the fact that “the work is clearly an attempt at a religious icon as well, one forged in a blurring of spiritual traditions.” It is this “blurring”, or more aptly, a “queering” of heteronormative, white Christian patriarchal belief systems that have shaped America’s justice system from its very founding, that I believe, most disturbs the equanimity of the critic, what gives him pause in his liberal, tolerant worldview. This “blurring” of spiritual traditions is evident to him in the fact that the statue on the rooftop instead of having feet firmly planted in our earthly firmament, instead arises, feet-less, all golden-bathed 8 feet of it, out of a lotus flower, thus evidencing some sort of pantheistic deity, evoking a “nature-spirituality” that turns the human female form into a “magical hybrid plant-animal.” Douthat’s discomfort, fear even, at this queering of the (white) female form, named “NOW” by the artist (which evokes both the need for abortion-rights female lawgivers such as the late Ruth Bader Ginsberg in our current moment when such rights are being repealed, as well as a sly reference to NOW, the premier US women’s rights organization),  mounts as he describes the statue it is in dialogue with, erected in the middle of Madison Square Park across from the courthouse. This one, an 18- foot- tall female form wearing a hooped skirt and stylized horns for hair with roots instead of feet, is named “WITNESS” and together the two sculptures make up “HAVAH: to breathe, air, life.” The word Havah, evoking the Arabic and Hebrew name for Eve, in Douthat’s view “mak[es] a feminist claim on the monotheistic tradition”; such a claim might even be acceptable to the liberal-minded side of Douthat, but the fact that the statue like the one atop the courthouse is evocative of a nature-animal-human triptych, is more than our critic, at bottom a Christian conservative (as he himself tells us), can bear. He bemoans, “finally it’s very hard not to see the braids-as-horns, the tendrils that look a bit tentacle-like, as an appropriation of Christian images of the demonic in a statue that stands against the politics of conservative Christianity.” His veiled critique of Shahzia Sikander’s “anti-Christian” statuary work is more clearly spelled out in the Christian Broadcasting Network’s statement,

The Bible tells us when Eve disobeyed God, sin entered the world. And that’s not exactly something Christians celebrate, much less honor with a statue.

Thus, whatever door to “reasonable spiritual experimentation” is opened up by such allegorical figures as Sikander’s statues, the fact that, in the final analysis, such “symbols… invoke multiple spiritualities at once,” causes grave disturbance in the unipolar, eschatological world view of Douthat, as clearly indicated in the warning with which he concludes his essay, “when the door is open, be very, very careful about what you invite in.”

Be. Very. Careful. What. You. Invite. In. Wow! In an age of increasing xenophobia, Islamophobia, and backlash against civil liberties, this is quite a statement to make.

It is Mr. Douthat who needs to be VERY CAREFUL what he says and by so saying, unleashes. The countless Instagram and twitter posts equating Shahzia Sikander’s work with that of the Devil following his own writing, is extremely dangerous—inviting “in” to civic discourse, voices of hate inciting violence against the statues, and by extension, their creator. Just one such twitter post reads, “The next Republican mayor of New York should not only remove but publicly destroy this monstrosity” (@michaeljknowles; my emphasis).

While “Havah” is indeed a reference to Eve, the moniker contains multitudes that ought to have been clear to Douthat and other critics of Sikander’s extraordinarily beautiful and thought-provoking work, experiencing which, brings together affect and intellect, a rare feat indeed. As the artist herself has pointed out, she interprets the term ‘havah’ as meaning (in Urdu, her native tongue), “to breathe,” which becomes a performative “to add air, to change a narrative, to add some space;” She clearly wants viewers to ponder that “Eve is also the first law-breaker, right?”

To break the laws of patriarchy, enshrined in a constitution based on notions of white male Christian supremacy in this nation since its founding, is clearly a bitter pill to swallow for too many, including it seems, Mr Douthat. One has only to think of the brilliant enfolding of the act of breathing into Sikander’s carefully chosen name for her Garden delight, to apprehend its fundamental importance as an act we share with all of God’s creatures on this earth, something this plant-woman embodies instinctively down to her floating roots. To add air, to change the narrative of laws that are unjust, to move, and create space for “other” realities than those seen through the heteronormative lens of dominant power, is the remit of “Havah: to breathe, air, life.” How, in this choice of title for her sculptural installation, can one fail to realize the depth of her political vision and solidarity with the first immigrants to these shores, Africans uprooted from their ancestral lands and sold into slavery to the Christian White Man? Sikander’s feminism is strongly intersectional and transnational in scope, as the title also invokes solidarity with Iranian women protesting for rights for “Woman, Life, Freedom.”  Her reference “to breathe” is simultaneously evocative of the “Let Me Breathe” movement for justice galvanized by the death-by- asphyxiation of George Floyd at the hands of racist cops, a gesture Douthat totally fails to notice.

If “NOW” can be seen as an homage to a (reconstituted) white woman (sporting RBJ’s iconic lace collar) as she breaks the legal glass ceiling by passing laws that safeguard(ed) women’s bodily autonomy and the constitutional right to choose, “WITNESS” asks us to pay attention to injustices and oppressions enacted on bodies of color: black, brown, Asian male, female, non-binary, trans. It asks us to bear witness queerly, like the female statue in the park, who even as she is embodied in her womanly form, is a shape-shifter, only part woman, mostly plant, all goddess. This female body that we witness, in dialogue with the golden woman atop the courthouse, “exists in excess of gender itself: it sprouts limbs and lotuses, it endlessly repeats, doubles, multiplies and circles back on itself.”[2] Her curved horns where we might expect to see hair when wearing our straight normative lenses, are not a reference to Satan (as her Christian critics aver)—but rather, viewed through a queer gaze, appear as multivalent references braiding together brown and black women who have been erased from masculinist art and world histories. They recall earlier hair representations in the artist’s oeuvre, including especially her creative depictions of gopi hair in motion. Traditionally seen as handmaidens to the Hindu God Krishna, gopis in her painting and its animation SpiNN, which is Sikander’s reimagining of Mughal court manuscript paintings set in a durbar hall/formal meeting space traditionally reserved for displays of Muslim male kingly authority, infiltrate this masculine-coded space in masses of shape-shifting black hair, to disrupt the rigid frames of patriarchy and sovereignty across religious traditions and colonial histories. The imposing braided horns also bring to mind magnificently braided hairstyles worn by African women, in their ornateness often signifying a decolonial impulse.  Anne Bailey tells us how Nigerian photographer J.D. Okhai Ojeikere, captured in over 1000 photographs, “ a wave of powerful and proud hairstyles that swept across Nigeria in the years following its independence from Britain in 1960”. Similar hairstyles can be seen in the imposing Benin statues from centuries ago, and as a website article tracing women’s hairstyles and their significance across Africa and its diaspora informs us, the

depictions of women with cornrows have been found in Stone Age paintings in the Tassili Plateau of the Sahara, and have been dated as far back as 3000 B.C. There are also Native American paintings as far back as 1,000 years showing cornrows as a hairstyle. This tradition of female styling in cornrows has remained popular throughout Africa, particularly in the Horn of Africa and West Africa.

According to an instagram post by @KnowYourCaribbean, rice was hidden in braids in order to help slaves survive the middle passage. The writer shares that “many African women braided rice or seeds into their hair before journeying the Middle Passage, on their way to enslavement or braided it into their children’s hair before separation, so that they could eat. 

That Sikander is deeply familiar with these palimpsestic her-stories of the symbols she chooses to deploy in her work with great deliberation as a result of lifelong research and empathy for those whom justice has not served, is manifested through the themes that resonate across, and shape, the body of her work over the past quarter century. And, as she herself has stated many times, these female avatars stand witness to women’s survival, resilience and courage across cultures, races, regions, temporalities.

The Art Newspaper points out, for instance, how “Sikander’s radiant figures” sport hair that is “braided like spiraling ram’s horns and strikes an arms-akimbo power stance.”[3] Spiralling ram’s horns (a recurrent feature across her oeuvre)–are “an ancient symbol, appearing in many cultures throughout history. In some cultures, the ram symbolizes strength and power while it represents fertility and abundance in others”. Sikander has stated many times, that her statues represent the strength and resilience of women, where male power is translated into female power via fertility which is the source of all creativity—including the artist’s own. The braids are thus a reminder of the creativity of the women brought to these shores as slaves, cleverly braiding rice seeds into their daughters’ hair, to resist the devilish power of the slavers. The braids also bring into a shared space of resistance, women gopis of the South Asian diaspora such as Sikander herself, banding together with each other to create a swarming mass of feminist empowerment and visibility in spaces from where they have been excluded for too long. In the same way, her statues and their horned braids recall her evolving painting from the early 2000s, PLEASURE PILLARS, where the central figure is a self-portrait with ram’s horns that joins together female bodies fragmented by the weight of masculinist histories embedded in colonialist and imperialist erasures of the Other.

Her statuesque sculptures like upright, confident Amazons, which as the Art Newspaper reviewer noted, strike “an arms-akimbo power stance,” can be seen also as an homage to the Black Power Salute of the Civil Rights era of the 1960s, when an intersectional struggle for blacks’ and women’s rights ushered in sweeping progressive changes to the legislature. That era’s shape-shifting energy, when alliances were forged across differences of class, race, gender, sexuality, can be seen to inform this sculptural endeavor of Sikander’s, so badly needed NOW in our times of back-sliding into regressive norms here, there, everywhere. Surely it is no coincidence that this exhibition on the theme of justice, opened on Martin Luther King Jr. Day, January 16, 2023? A pursuit of justice requires that we constantly re-examine and challenge the stories that have been passed down through the colonial and imperial archives about race and gender and their representation in public space, or rather, lack thereof.

Thus, this work also draws attention to the need for south Asian female representation in the city that the artist has called home for a majority of her life, where the bulk of her oeuvre has taken shape, but where it took over 20 years of creating globally recognized and award-winning art before she received a solo exhibition (at the Morgan Library and Museum, 2021). Justice is representation, acknowledgment, respect for all denizens, no matter their race, ethnicity, color, sexuality, religion, country of origin or gender.

 The artist, who claims she “opted not to base the figures on recognisable historic women, but rather a broader representation of the feminine bridging race and culture (my italics)” shows us a way forward into a better, more just future for all, based on a full reckoning[4] of the past that is surely the need of the hour.

Notes.

[1] https://www.nytimes.com/2023/02/01/opinion/american-religion-spirituality.html

[2] Gayatri Gopinath, “Promiscuous Intimacies: Embodiment, Desire, and Diasporic Dislocation in the Art of Shahzia Sikander,” in Shahzia Sikander: Extraordinary Realities,” eds. Sadia Abbas and Jan Howard. RISD Museum: Hirmer, 2021, p. 125.

[3] https://www.theartnewspaper.com/2023/01/13/shahzia-sikander-female-figure-manhattan-courthouse-madison-square-park

[4] Indeed, part of the installation at Madison Square Garden includes a video animation called “Reckoning.“


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Fawzia Afzal-Khan.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/14/be-very-careful-who-you-invite-in/feed/ 0 372422
We Need Housing for People to Live In, Not for Corporations to Invest In https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/22/we-need-housing-for-people-to-live-in-not-for-corporations-to-invest-in/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/22/we-need-housing-for-people-to-live-in-not-for-corporations-to-invest-in/#respond Sun, 22 Jan 2023 14:00:05 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/housing-for-people-not-corporations

Anyone who is active in our communities knows that housing insecurity and homelessness are rising fast, due in part to an ever-shrinking lot of affordable rentals and homes. Housing should be the rallying cry right now.

There are a number of structural reasons for this housing crisis, and the most truly terrifying fact is that while housing becomes less and less affordable, there is no plan to make homes more available. At this time, we have far-right bomb throwers running one branch of government whose wish is to make those who live on SSI or Social Security even more unstable than they currently are. Every day we see these corporate shills threatening to cut or even eliminate entitlements that millions rely on for survival. And it seems that workforce housing is rapidly disappearing.

One of the major problems that nobody is addressing is the huge number of rental properties and single-family homes that are being snatched up by nameless, faceless corporations in order to evict longstanding residents, slap a new coat of paint on the walls, maybe purchase a shiny new fridge, and double the rent to a new tenant. There seems to be no limit to the number of houses or apartments these huge corporations can own.

According to The Wall Street Journal in 2021, 200 corporations are aggressively purchasing tens of thousands of homes, and even entire neighborhoods, and jacking up the rents. For example, a Blackrock creation called Invitation Homes merged with another outfit and as of 2021, this conglomerate owned 80,000 rental homes. In 2012, this outfit, also known as Treehouse Homes, went on a buying spree where they were purchasing $150 million dollars worth of homes every week—up to $10 billion.

Some of these corporate acquisitions will be sold for well over market value. Often the smaller houses that might have been worker housing are considered tear-downs and will be replaced with a 4 or 5,000-square-foot monstrosity. Many others are used to create profit in the short-term rental market.

While housing becomes less and less affordable, there is no plan to make homes more available... We desperately need a legal framework to make affordable housing possible.

In my small town, a large corporation bought an apartment complex and is in the process of evicting a 90-year-old wheelchair-bound resident—in a town with a 0.7% vacancy rate. This resident just had his lease not renewed. The idea that you can evict long-term disabled tenants is just disgusting—but there is no law against it now. A local group is working on creating a law to prevent this type of corporate crime.

If we lived in a country that actually valued its citizens, housing would be a priority. Since the Republicans remade so much of America under Ronald Reagan, there is no federal housing being built. No money for states to build housing. A housing crisis would be almost impossible to avoid in a country where real wages continue to stagnate, and in some years even decline, and there is no legal challenge to the huge corporations who dominate the industry. For-profit developers are who is building now, and in some instances need to put a couple of token affordable units into a large project, but frequently the affordable units are too expensive for many who need homes. And sometimes they even revert to market rates after a certain period.

The amazing generation of people under 35 is speaking out about opportunity: many younger people will never have the chance to own a home. The stories are rampant: people who bid for a home get outbid by either the corporate buyers or by older people who have capital from having sold a home they were able to purchase when homes were far more affordable. People my age—in our 60's—have owned homes that we bought for $100,000 or less and often when we sell them they go for 5-10 times that price. But young adults have none of those advantages.

We desperately need a legal framework to make affordable housing possible. I am not a housing expert, or a lawyer. But some things are clear: corporate ownership of millions of units of housing has not been good for our country. Rent control is non-existent in the vast majority of towns and cities in the U.S. Homelessness has spiraled to numbers not seen ever before. The corporate ownership issue must be addressed nationally, but that does not seem to be an issue the Biden administration has been interested in tackling. There is a housing action plan put out in May 2022, but we haven't seen any of that money go into housing in my part of New England.

States could restrict number of houses used for short-term rentals, but federal intervention is needed in what I think is the biggest obstacle to bending the homelessness curve: limits to corporate ownership of housing. Unhoused people on our sidewalks, in shelters, in motels, in tents: this is our present and our future if we don't see some real, urgent action to legally protect the vulnerable and house us all. Housing is a human need, not a speculative purchase.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Nancy Braus.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/22/we-need-housing-for-people-to-live-in-not-for-corporations-to-invest-in/feed/ 0 366358
Against Rising Nationalism in  Education at Home and Abroad https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/16/against-rising-nationalism-in-education-at-home-and-abroad/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/16/against-rising-nationalism-in-education-at-home-and-abroad/#respond Mon, 16 Jan 2023 15:28:45 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/nationalism-education-home-abroad

You’ve seen the photos from Ukraine. The bombed out schools, the ghostly writing left behind on blackboards, desks turned over and posters in tatters. As Russian attacks mercilessly drum on, innocent Ukrainian families and children flee westward.

Education in Exile

It was in a rural school in Northern Germany where I first met two elementary school-age brothers from Ukraine, now living as refugees. I had not anticipated meeting children from Ukraine in my month-long research trip to German schools, and they hadn’t expected to be there either. Yet, there we all were, at a small school focused on democratic living and practices.

The boys arrived at the school not speaking any German. One of their multilingual peers reported to me in English that the boys had made a lot of progress since the start of the school year. The younger of the two acted out and was known to hit others, perhaps responding to the chaos and upheaval that he had endured at such an early age.

Teaching and learning history will not be without controversy or conflict, but the ability to recognize and critique the tropes of nationalism is a step toward preserving peace and freedom.

The Ukrainian boys' new German teachers told me that there were many more children who had arrived in the area, but that they opted to take courses over Zoom with their teachers back home who had been unable to leave the country due to travel restrictions. There was hope that the frequent video calls would ease the eventual return of the children to their regular schools in a post-conflict Ukraine.

As a sixth grade Social Studies teacher, I was curious to find out how a country balances talking about its own difficult past while encouraging pluralism, respect, and youth engagement. The immediacy of the crisis in Ukraine highlighted the pressing nature of addressing how our systems of education respond to such inhumanity.

Authoritarian Education

Putin’s nationalistic war of aggression seeks to create a mythic “Greater Russia.” This has been part of a long campaign that seeks to erase the unique history of the Ukrainian people. Part of this campaign featured comments from the Russian leader, such as his claim that, “Modern Ukraine was entirely and fully created by Russia.” Along these lines, he believes that if Russia created Ukraine, then Russia can also destroy Ukraine as it deems fit. The brave resistance of the Ukrainian people shows how Mr. Putin is wrongheaded in his notions and actions.

The warped view of history, as told by Putin, is a feature of nationalistic ideology, which divides the world into “us” and “them.” The basic logic of this simplistic binary is to rationalize the use of state-sanctioned violence in the name of “us” to protect against the dangerous “them.” As Yale Historian Timothy Synder points out, constructing the mythic past is part of “the politics of eternity,” whose followers believe that there is always a danger to civilization posed by the “outsider.”

The pull of the narrative of a divided world is especially powerful in times of heightened anxiety and social upheaval. Those in power who try to smooth over the past do so out of a desire to mask the pain of resentment and embarrassment. For Putin, there is the desire to hide the failures of the post-Soviet state, to reclaim a pseudo-historic image of Russia, and to channel outrage over lack of economic development toward the West. All of these aims, in addition to geo-political military positioning, against the perceived threat of NATO expansion in the Baltics and beyond, have driven Putin’s quixotic escapade of death in Ukraine. Autocracy rots the promise of education. It is a blight on the dreams of future generations. It produces fear and conformity, stunting creativity, expression, and the power of imagination. A world divided is a destructively simple idea that masks brutality.

Resisting Authoritarian Education: In Exile and At Home

Authoritarianism has no place in education. Even in the bucolic state of New Hampshire, I have seen it sprout up in the bullying tactics of politicians and when lawmakers attempted to ban honest conversations about our nation’s history of sexism, racism, antisemitism and xenophobia. At the core of such restrictions on intellectual and academic life is the concept that it is unnecessary to engage in independent analytical thinking because the politics of eternity explain all that needs to be known by the general public: the past was glorious.

Countering the pull toward nationalistic authoritarianism requires intellectual openness and curiosity. This is a challenge in the time of recovery from the global pandemic, environmental catastrophe and jagged economic turbulence. In these times, we want security, consistency, and remedies to our social ailments. These desires can close people off to new ways of thinking and being, as many are in harm-reduction holding patterns that disallow newness out of fear.

Children know that pain exists in this world. All too many of them live that pain. Others have intergenerational wounds that require adults to attend to help them heal and grow. While I can empathize with parents, such as one German-American parent who went to great lengths to hide news of the War in Ukraine from her child, such a decision deprives a classmate of another understanding peer. We have an obligation to listen to children in such a way that provides them with the knowledge they seek and the knowledge that allows for them to be fully in the world today, as they are.

In pictures and words, children are processing the trauma of wartime violence. One public art display in Copenhagen places the illustrations and writings of children of 1930s Poland next to the experiences of children caught in the Ukrainian conflict today. Such displays remind adults of the importance of speaking up against all forms of oppression and the need to have spaces in schools and in public that honor the voices and experiences of children.

While there is room for rational discomfort and fear, we must be able to work through that fear to model for our young people how we can make the most of this moment of change—how we can live with uncertainty and create a new way of living that acknowledges the hurt and harm of the past while also moving to be more honest about the possibilities of today.

Teaching and learning history will not be without controversy or conflict, but the ability to recognize and critique the tropes of nationalism is a step toward preserving peace and freedom. These ideals of nonviolence start in a place close to the heart and grow through intermittent bursts that entangle us in the beautiful knarl of life. Nested here we find ourselves in the company of sorrow and joy.

There is no escaping the hard truths of the past, but we can all strive to see how we are shaped by those who have come before us. It is only then that we can meet the challenges of today.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jacob Goodwin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/16/against-rising-nationalism-in-education-at-home-and-abroad/feed/ 0 364781
‘In Solidarity’: Ocasio-Cortez Celebrates NYC Nurses Union Victory https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/12/in-solidarity-ocasio-cortez-celebrates-nyc-nurses-union-victory/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/12/in-solidarity-ocasio-cortez-celebrates-nyc-nurses-union-victory/#respond Thu, 12 Jan 2023 20:52:57 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/new-york-nurses-ocasio-cortez

U.S. Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez took to the House floor on Thursday to congratulate the unionized nurses at Mount Sinai Hospital and Montefiore Medical Center in New York City for reaching a tentative agreement after a three-day strike.

"Our hospitals are facing extreme nursing shortages and it is affecting patient care," said the New York Democratic, who represents portions of the Bronx and Queens. "Montefiore alone in my district has had 760 vacancies."

Rep. AOC Recognizes New York State Nurses Association Strike on House Floorwww.youtube.com

"But thanks to the tentative agreement and the courage and effort of our nurses on the picket line, hospital management is now committing to an aggressive hiring plan and to immediately implement safe staffing ratios, including an increase of over 170 nursing positions and a 19.1% wage increase and additional benefits to help with retention," the congresswoman said.

"Thank you so much to the New York State Nurses Association, NYSNA, for their work," Ocasio-Cortez added. "It is our privilege to stand in solidarity with you."


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/12/in-solidarity-ocasio-cortez-celebrates-nyc-nurses-union-victory/feed/ 0 364155
One Year In, Starbucks Workers Aren’t Backing Down https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/22/one-year-in-starbucks-workers-arent-backing-down/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/22/one-year-in-starbucks-workers-arent-backing-down/#respond Thu, 22 Dec 2022 22:55:00 +0000 https://inthesetimes.com/article/one-year-in-starbucks-workers-arent-backing-down
This content originally appeared on In These Times and was authored by Natascha Elena Uhlmann.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/22/one-year-in-starbucks-workers-arent-backing-down/feed/ 0 359897
Everybody In, Nobody Out https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/22/everybody-in-nobody-out/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/22/everybody-in-nobody-out/#respond Thu, 22 Dec 2022 06:32:39 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=269049 Last week, I was in Washington, D.C.’s Union Station. The weather had turned cold and I couldn’t help noticing what an inhospitable place it had become for the city’s homeless and dispossessed. Once upon a time, anyone was allowed to be in the train station at any hour. Now, there were signs everywhere announcing that you needed a ticket to be there. Other warning signs indicated that you could only sit for 30 minutes at a time at the food-court tables, while barriers had been placed where benches used to be to make it that much harder to congregate, no less sit down.

With winter descending on the capital, all this struck me as particularly cruel when it came to those unfortunate enough to be unhoused. That sense of cruelty was heightened by the knowledge that legions of policymakers, politicians, and lobbyists — with the power to pass legislation that could curtail evictions, protect tenants, and expand affordable housing — travel through Union Station regularly.

When I left D.C., I headed for my hometown, New York City, where Penn Station has been made similarly unwelcome to the homeless. Entrances are closed; police are everywhere; and the new Moynihan terminal, modern and gleaming, was designed without public seating to ward off unwanted visitors. Worse yet, after a summer spent destroying homeless encampments and cutting funding for homeless services, New York Mayor Eric Adams recently announced that the city would soon begin involuntarily institutionalizing homeless people. Rather than address a growing mental health crisis among the most marginalized in his city with expanded resources and far greater access to health care, housing, and other services, Adams has chosen the path of further punishment for the poor.

It’s a bitter wonder that our political capital and our financial capital have taken such a hard line on homelessness and poverty in the richest country on the planet. And this is happening in a nation in which eight to ten million people lack a home entirely or live on the brink; a nation that reached record-high rents this year (with three-quarters of our largest cities experiencing double-digit growth in prices); that spends more on health care with generally worse outcomes than any other advanced economy; and that continues to chisel away at public housing, privatize health care, and close hospitals, while real-estate agencies, financial speculators, and pharmaceutical companies enrich themselves in striking ways.

Walking around Union Station, I also couldn’t help thinking about the administration’s decision to end the recent rail strike by stripping workers of their right to collective bargaining and denying them more than a day of paid sick leave a year. The president claimed that breaking the strike was necessary to protect the economy from disaster. Yet little attention was given to the sky-high profits of the railroad companies, which doubled during the pandemic. The price tag for more paid sick leave for union workers was estimated at about $321 million annually. Compare that to the $7 billion railroad companies made during the 90 days they opposed the strike and the more than $200 million rail CEOs raked in last year. In the shadow of such figures, how could paid sick leave during an ongoing pandemic be anything but a basic necessity for front-line workers?

The Deeper Meaning of Democracy

All of this left me thinking about the ongoing debate over American democracy, not to mention the recent Georgia runoff where Senator Raphael Warnock, even as he celebrated his victory over Herschel Walker, pointed to the negative impact of voter suppression on the election. Today, the rise in outright authoritarianism and white Christian nationalism in our body politic poses a genuine danger to the future health and well-being of our society. At the same time, a revived pro-democracy movement has also begun to emerge, committed to fighting for free and fair elections, the rule of law, and the peaceful transfer of power. But let’s be honest: if we stop there, we cheapen the noble urge for a truly decent democracy.

It’s precisely when our governing ideals are under ever more intense attack that you should ask what we mean by invoking democracy. Do we mean an electoral system shaped by the will of the majority? If so, given growing voter suppression tactics, our system is already a far cry from any democratic ideal. Or do we mean more? In fact, shouldn’t democracy mean more?

For me, a democratic society means that everyone, including the poor, has a say in how our lives are lived and workplaces organized. It’s a society in which the homeless aren’t criminalized, the health of workers isprotected, and people are treated with dignity by a government of their choice. And I truly believe that, when you strip away the partisan rhetoric and political spin, this is a vision shared by a majority of Americans.

In response to Mayor Adams’s encampment sweeps this summer, one homeless man interviewed by the Guardian offered this explanation: “Fascism works like that — as soon as there’s a tightening of the belt or any sort of shift into harder times, that fascist and oppressive elements within countries will immediately try to attack the most vulnerable.” So how do we fight such an emboldened threat and the dangers faced by those at greatest risk among us?

I certainly don’t have the full answers to such questions, but a partial solution, I suspect, lies in building a pro-democracy movement attuned not just to elections (and the legal fights that, these days, regularly go with them in Congress and state legislatures), but to the needs and dreams of everyday people. And that would require a willingness to reach into communities that have all too often been forgotten or abandoned and earnestly follow the leadership of the people who live there.

Permanently Organizing the Unorganized

At this time of year, some communities celebrate Las Posadas, re-enacting Jesus’s birth in the humble city of Bethlehem. Though many of us have been taught to imagine that birth as a moment of tranquility, there is, in fact, great hardship and conflict at the heart of the nativity scene. Indeed, Jesus was born in a time of tremendous violence and injustice. In the days leading up to his birth, a militarized police force had pushed migrant people back to their lands of origin so that the authorities could demand taxes and tributes. The local ruler had sent out spies to ensure that his authority wasn’t challenged and, lest anyone dare to do so, had ordered thousands of young Jewish boys murdered. Amid that swirl of state-sanctioned violence, Mary and Joseph were driven from their home, forcing Mary to give birth in a small, dirty manger. Jesus, in other words, was born homeless and undocumented in the land of empire.

During Las Posadas, communities from the Bronx to Los Angeles retell that story, highlighting the gentrification of neighborhoods that’s pricing out the poor, unjust immigration policies that are unfairly separating families, and a housing crisis that’s left millions in need of — dare I use the word? — stable living quarters during the holidays. Included in the social critique that lurks behind Las Posadas is the belief that everyday people should have the right to determine the course of their own lives, rather than be pawns to the machinations of the wealthy and powerful.

In Texas and New Mexico, the Border Network for Human Rights celebrates Christmas among the thousands of families it’s been working with for the past 20 years. Fernando Garcia, its director, has taught me much about organizing among the poor and dispossessed, offering a vision of “permanently organized communities.” At the heart of the Border Network’s vision is the idea of organizing an enduring network of connected families living in that part of our country. As for its focus, as Garcia explains it, “Whatever issue they feel that they need to tackle is the priority.”

Building durable and lasting organized communities, especially among those most impacted by injustice, is something a pro-democracy movement should take seriously indeed. In fact, it’s one place where, all too sadly, we lag behind the forces of authoritarianism and white Christian nationalism. In many poor communities, politicized reactionary churches and parachurch organizations are already well practiced in providing not just political and theological messaging and training, but material aid and a sense of belonging to hurting people. Those concerned with justice and inclusion would do well to follow suit. In the coming years, movements dedicated to democracy and our economic flourishing need to invest time and resources in building permanently organized communities to help meet the daily needs of impacted Americans, while offering a sense of what democracy looks like in practice, up close and personal.

As the threat of yet more political turmoil and escalating violence looms, isn’t it time to break through the isolation that so many people feel with a new sense of collective power? Which brings me to a larger point: in order to build a pro-democracy movement capable of contending with the influence of authoritarianism and bad theology, we need to leave progressive bubbles and silos and commit ourselves to organizing the unorganized — and following their lead.

The newly launched Union of Southern Service Workers (USSW) offers a helpful template. The USSW emerged from the Fight for $15 movement and a long history of Southern organizing. Calling for “community unionism,” it intends to link labor struggles to community life, while supporting workers as they fight for justice.

Awakening the Sleeping Giant

Before the Covid-19 pandemic first began spreading across the fissures of racism and poverty in our society, not to speak of the current crisis of inflation and impending recession, there were already 140 million Americans who were either poor or a $400 emergency away from poverty. Those numbers have only grown. Some poor people are already politically active, but many aren’t — not because the poor don’t care but because politics-as-usual doesn’t speak to the daily stresses of their lives.

There is, in other words, a sleeping giant out there that, when awakened, could shift the political and moral calculus of the nation. Were that mass of poor, impacted people to begin to believe that democracy could mean something real and positive in their lives, watch out. Should that happen — and, as Frederick Douglass once said, “those who would be free themselves must strike the first blow” — you could end up with a pro-democracy movement that would be unstoppable.

Almost five years ago, I helped launch the Poor People’s Campaign: A National Call for Moral Revival alongside Bishop William J. Barber II, president of Repairers of the Breach, as well as my colleagues at the Kairos Center, and thousands of directly impacted people, community organizers, and religious leaders. Our core theory of change, drawn from our study of history, is that the most transformative movements in our national storybook have always relied on generations of poor, deeply impacted people coming together to help lead a national change for the better.

Part of our analysis is that poor people nationwide could become a transformative voting bloc if only politics were more relevant in their lives. In 2021, the Poor People’s Campaign released a report on the impact of poor voters in the 2020 elections. It showed that, contrary to popular belief, poor and low-income people made up a remarkably sizable percentage of the electorate (and, surprisingly enough, an even larger percentage in battleground states). Looking at racial demographics among such voters, the report found that turnout was significant, whatever their race. Given the total vote share for Joe Biden and down-ballot Democrats that year, the data even challenged the notion that poor white voters were a crucial part of Donald Trump’s base.

Today, our electoral system has become gridlocked and increasingly gerrymandered to empower minoritarian rule at the expense of the will of the majority. Thanks to that, it can often feel as if the country is evenly split on issues ranging from healthcare, housing, and jobs to abortion and environmental protection. But non-partisan polls continue to reaffirm that the majority of the country supports more economic, racial, and gender justice. Results from ballot measures in the midterm elections reflect a similar reality, whether it was people in various states voting to protect the right to abortion, passing higher minimum wage laws, or expanding Medicaid.

And contrary to what too many of our politicians and the media that support them claim, this country can indeed afford such widely popular and deeply needed ballot measures and policies. In fact, as Nobel Laureate Joseph Stieglitz wrote in his award-winning The Price of Inequality, the question is not whether we can afford housing, healthcare, paid sick leave, living wages, immigrant rights, and more; it’s whether we can afford not to — especially since failing to address the people’s needs weakens our democracy.

In fact, right before the midterms and the beginning of the holiday season, retired professor of humanities Jack Metzgar wrote at Inequality.org: “Because the wealth of the wealthy confers both economic and political power, we cannot adequately defend democracy if we go on allowing our economic oligarchy a completely free lunch… Next time you hear a politician say ‘we’ can’t afford something that clearly needs doing, just stop a moment and think — about what a wealth tax on a very small proportion of Americans could accomplish.”

Indeed, it can be done! Si, se puede! After all, isn’t this the true story of Christmas? So, this season, when you listen to Handel’s Messiah, attend to the words about lifting from the bottom up: “Every valley shall be exalted and every mountain and hill made low; the crooked straight and the rough places plain.”

As 2022 comes to a close, this is where I draw hope and inspiration.

This column is distributed by TomDispatch.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Liz Theoharis.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/22/everybody-in-nobody-out/feed/ 0 359476
1.5°C Locked In, 25 Locked Up | 6 December 2022 | Just Stop Oil https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/09/1-5c-locked-in-25-locked-up-6-december-2022-just-stop-oil/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/09/1-5c-locked-in-25-locked-up-6-december-2022-just-stop-oil/#respond Fri, 09 Dec 2022 13:29:41 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=b5a8b3fa20e7b1554af938b84c841625
This content originally appeared on Just Stop Oil and was authored by Just Stop Oil.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/09/1-5c-locked-in-25-locked-up-6-december-2022-just-stop-oil/feed/ 0 356912
As Corporations Enjoy Record-High Profits, Experts Urge Congress to ‘Rein Them In’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/30/as-corporations-enjoy-record-high-profits-experts-urge-congress-to-rein-them-in/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/30/as-corporations-enjoy-record-high-profits-experts-urge-congress-to-rein-them-in/#respond Wed, 30 Nov 2022 20:29:51 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/341375

Economic justice advocates on Wednesday responded to new U.S. government figures showing nonfinancial corporate profits soared to record levels during the third quarter of 2022 by urging congressional lawmakers—most of whom receive substantial corporate campaign contributions—to take action against the capitalist greed that progressive experts say is the main driver of inflation.

"Instead of raising interest rates and slowing the economy toward a recession, Congress and Biden should be taking aim at corporate price gouging."

The U.S. Commerce Department's Bureau of Economic Analysis reported nonfinancial sector corporate profits of $2.08 trillion during the third quarter, up from just under $1.9 trillion during the same period last year, $1.6 trillion in Q3 2020, and $1.37 trillion from July-September 2019.

Wednesday's figures follow similar record second-quarter profits of $2.07 trillion, as well as a 15.5% increase in Q2 after-tax profits as a share of gross value added for non-financial corporations—the biggest margin since 1950.

"Today's record corporate profits mirror what we have been hearing on earnings call after earnings call: Corporations are gleefully reporting that their strategy to burden families with unnecessary price hikes is working," Rakeen Mabud, chief economist and managing director of policy and research at the Groundwork Collaborative, said in a statement. "Powerful corporations in concentrated industries will keep prices sky high until lawmakers rein them in."

Numerous analyses, including a report released earlier this month by the U.S. House Subcommittee on Economic and Consumer Policy, have shown that corporations are using soaring inflation as a pretext for consumer price gouging.

Meanwhile, U.S. Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell said Wednesday that the Fed will continue to raise interest rates—albeit at a slower pace—in a continuation of the central bank's inflation-fighting strategy.

"Despite some promising developments, we have a long way to go in restoring price stability," Powell stated during an event at the Brookings Institution in Washington, D.C. "We will stay the course until the job is done."

Progressive economists and politicians stressed that corporate greed is the real culprit behind high prices, with former U.S. Labor Secretary Robert Reich tweeting Tuesday that "instead of raising interest rates and slowing the economy toward a recession, Congress and [President Joe] Biden should be taking aim at corporate price gouging."

Speaking earlier this month, U.S. Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) said, "Of course the Fed has a role to play in getting inflation under control, but there is a big difference between landing a plane and crashing a plane."

The watchdog group Accountable.US asserted Wednesday that "Corporate greed is driving inflation. As rising costs take a massive toll on American families, companies are raking in record profits and bragging about their sky-high prices."

The next Fed rate hike—which Powell said could come as soon as December—would be the seventh of the year. Earlier this month, the central bank raised interest rates by 0.75% for the fourth consecutive time.

New polling from Navigator Survey found that a majority of respondents believe that the government should focus on "cracking down on corporate greed and price gouging" over "stopping wasteful government spending and handouts."

"Our economic crisis isn't inflation, it's corporate greed," U.S. Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.)—who earlier this year introduced legislation that would impose a windfall corporate profit tax of up to 95% on companies with more than $500 million in annual revenue—argued earlier this month.

"You don't reduce inflation by giving tax breaks to billionaires and cutting benefits for the elderly, the sick, the children, and the poor," Sanders contended. "You combat inflation by taking on corporate greed and passing a windfall profits tax. You combat inflation by taking on the power of the insurance companies, the drug companies, the fossil fuel industry, the giant food companies and lowering the outrageously high costs of healthcare, prescription drugs, gas, and groceries."


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/30/as-corporations-enjoy-record-high-profits-experts-urge-congress-to-rein-them-in/feed/ 0 354419
What Has Russia Gained Or Lost From Its War On Ukraine? Muscovites Weigh In. https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/30/people-in-moscow-asked-what-russia-has-gained-or-lost-from-attack-on-ukraine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/30/people-in-moscow-asked-what-russia-has-gained-or-lost-from-attack-on-ukraine/#respond Wed, 30 Nov 2022 18:16:58 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=6548f1b5f161162f5517a3c4b491ba30
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/30/people-in-moscow-asked-what-russia-has-gained-or-lost-from-attack-on-ukraine/feed/ 0 354373
Great Barrier Reef Belongs on World Heritage ‘In Danger’ List: UNESCO https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/28/great-barrier-reef-belongs-on-world-heritage-in-danger-list-unesco/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/28/great-barrier-reef-belongs-on-world-heritage-in-danger-list-unesco/#respond Mon, 28 Nov 2022 14:27:05 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/341317

Because Australia's efforts to protect the Great Barrier Reef from damages wrought by the fossil fuel-driven climate crisis, pollution, and overfishing are falling short, the planet's largest coral reef system should be placed on a list of World Heritage sites considered "in danger," a pair of experts said Monday.

"Despite the unparalleled science and management efforts" made by Australia in recent years, the Great Barrier Reef is "significantly impacted by climate change factors," Eleanor Carter of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) and Hans Thulstrup of the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) wrote in a report.

The much-anticipated report, based on a 10-day mission to the reef in March, warned that the climate emergency presents a "serious challenge" to the health of the biodiverse ecosystem, which was deemed a global wonder in 1981.

"The resilience of the property to recover from climate change impacts is substantially compromised, in particular—but not exclusively—due to degraded water quality," said the report. Soaring greenhouse gas emissions are causing oceans to heat up at an unprecedented rate, with disastrous consequences for marine life, and must be curbed immediately.

In addition, Carter and Thulstrup warned that not enough is being done to prevent agricultural runoff from polluting the reef's waters. The IUCN and UNESCO representatives advocated for greater investment to improve water quality and recommended adding the reef to the "World Heritage in danger" list.

According to The Guardian, "The report's recommendation the reef be placed on a list of World Heritage sites 'in danger' will be taken into account alongside responses from the Queensland and federal governments before UNESCO makes a formal recommendation to the World Heritage Committee before its next meeting."

As Agence France-Presse reported:

To be included on UNESCO's World Heritage list, a site must have "outstanding universal value." A spot on the list usually means boosted tourism, and improved access to funds and to scientific expertise.

Those benefits are threatened when a site is declared "in danger"—which is currently the case of about 50 sites worldwide. Only three sites have ever been dropped from the heritage list completely.

A UNESCO spokesperson told AFP that "a constructive dialogue is ongoing with the current government," which is led by Prime Minister Anthony Albanese of the Australian Labor Party.

Another unnamed source familiar with the matter described the report as "a roadmap submitted to the Australian government which should say what it intends to do with it and produce results."

"The path to saving the Great Barrier Reef is narrow, but it exists," the source added. "Strong and rapid action can produce results."

The U.N.-backed reef mission was requested by Australia's ex-environment minister Sussan Ley after former Prime Minister Scott Morrison's right-wing government and its pro-fossil fuel allies, including Saudi Arabia, successfully lobbied against categorizing the Great Barrier Reef as endangered in the summer of 2021.

Related Content

IUCN's Carter and UNESCO's Thulstrup traveled to Queensland to meet with government officials, scientists, and other stakeholders in March, two months before Morrison was defeated by Albanese. Following a six-month delay stemming from Russia's invasion of Ukraine, their final report, published Monday in Paris, outlined 10 steps that they said should be pursued "with utmost urgency."

Australia's Reef 2050 plan must be strengthened before the end of this year to include "clear government commitments to reduce greenhouse emissions consistent with the efforts required to limit the global average temperature increase to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels," the report noted.

According to The Guardian: "Since the mission, the Albanese government has legislated an improved national target to cut greenhouse gas emissions by 43% from 2005 levels by 2030 and to reach net-zero by 2050. Independent analysis has found Australia's new target is consistent with keeping warming to 2°C—above the 1.5°C goal seen as critical for the reef's long-term health."

Surging ocean temperatures—fueled by the burning of coal, oil, and gas—have caused widespread bleaching of corals in 1998, 2002, 2016, 2017, 2020, and 2022.

"The U.N.-backed mission coincided with the first mass bleaching on the reef to take place during a La Niña year which, in the past, has kept ocean temperatures cool enough to protect corals," The Guardian reported. "Scientists fear that without cooler conditions in the coming weeks, the reef could face bleaching again this summer."

Although Albanese's government announced a $1.2 billion package last month to fund water quality improvements and research to try to enhance the resilience of corals and reefs, the report said that progress remains too slow.

Among other things, Carter and Thulstrup asked the Queensland state government "to accelerate the rollout of its sustainable fisheries strategy and to phase out the use of gillnets in the marine park," The Guardian noted.

As the newspaper explained:

The mission report was originally scheduled for release by May 2022 in time for a meeting of the world heritage committee in Russia in July, where the reef was due to be debated again. But the meeting—to be chaired by Russia—was postponed following the invasion of Ukraine.

UNESCO will now prepare a new report on the state of the reef that will consider the findings of the mission and any responses from the state and federal governments. That report will make formal recommendations directly to the World Heritage Committee ahead of the rescheduled meeting likely to take place in the first half of next year.

Last week, Russia resigned as chair of the 21-member committee, with Saudi Arabia reportedly considering taking on the role of chair.

Should Australia implement all of the recommendations, it could "drastically improve" the country's ability to "ensure and advance" conservation of the Great Barrier Reef and to preserve the ecosystem's "outstanding universal value" for future generations, said Monday's report.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/28/great-barrier-reef-belongs-on-world-heritage-in-danger-list-unesco/feed/ 0 353956
👋 Elon Musk, let that sink in. https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/28/%f0%9f%91%8b-elon-musk-let-that-sink-in/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/28/%f0%9f%91%8b-elon-musk-let-that-sink-in/#respond Fri, 28 Oct 2022 10:02:34 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=70c2873045acefb2a91dbd2ab0d7e7c3
This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/28/%f0%9f%91%8b-elon-musk-let-that-sink-in/feed/ 0 345946
Social Security ‘In Grave Danger’ If GOP Retakes Congress, Advocates Warn https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/11/social-security-in-grave-danger-if-gop-retakes-congress-advocates-warn/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/11/social-security-in-grave-danger-if-gop-retakes-congress-advocates-warn/#respond Tue, 11 Oct 2022 17:30:17 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/340287

Social Security and Medicare defenders warned Tuesday that the popular government programs will be "in grave danger" if Republicans win control of Congress in the upcoming midterms, pointing to new reporting on GOP plans to use a looming fight over the nation's debt ceiling to pursue benefit cuts.

"It's clear what their intentions are: reaching into the American people's pockets and stealing their hard-earned benefits."

Citing interviews with four House Republicans hoping to serve as chair of the chamber's budget committee, Bloomberg Government reported that "Social Security and Medicare eligibility changes, spending caps, and safety-net work requirements are among the top priorities" for the GOP if it retakes the House in next month's elections.

Reps. Jason Smith (R-Mo.), Jodey Arrington (R-Texas), Buddy Carter (R-Ga.), and Lloyd Smucker (R-Pa.) signaled that "next year's deadline to raise or suspend the debt ceiling is a point of leverage" to extract concessions from Democrats, including potentially raising the retirement age and reducing Social Security benefits, the outlet noted.

Such a strategy would fit with the House GOP's recently released policy agenda, which opens the door to Social Security and Medicare cuts—something Republican candidates have repeatedly hinted at on the campaign trail despite the programs' popularity.

"Our main focus has got to be on nondiscretionary—it's got to be on entitlements," Carter told Bloomberg Government on Tuesday.

In a statement, Social Security Works president Nancy Altman stressed that "entitlements" is "a term with pejorative underpinnings" that Republicans frequently use "in hopes that voters don't understand what they're saying."

"But it's clear what their intentions are: reaching into the American people's pockets and stealing their hard-earned benefits," said Altman. "Republicans plan to use the debt limit as the hostage to demand these cuts, even though Social Security doesn't add a single penny to the deficit. If Republicans take control of one or both chambers of Congress, our earned benefits are in grave danger."

Related Content

The debt limit is a completely arbitrary figure that establishes the amount of money the Treasury Department is legally allowed to borrow to cover U.S. financial obligations.

As long as the debt ceiling remains intact, failure to raise it once the Treasury Department reaches its borrowing limit could result in a default and a financial crisis. Treasury is set to hit its current borrowing limit early next year.

In recent years, Republicans have used recurring debt ceiling fights as opportunities to push spending cuts and other austerity measures—and it appears as if they plan to draw from the same playbook once again following the November midterms.

"Republican politicians are dripping with animosity towards our Social Security and Medicare," Altman said Tuesday. "Even with an election less than a month away, they can't stop themselves from talking about their burning desire to cut and end these so-called 'entitlements.'"

In a column last month, The Washington Post's Greg Sargent explained that Democrats have the power to prevent the GOP from weaponizing the debt ceiling to push Social Security cuts and other elements of their right-wing agenda.

Short of eliminating the debt ceiling entirely, as some Democrats have advocated, "they can use the reconciliation process to pass a 2023 budget outline (with only Democrats and no Republicans), which would allow them to raise the debt limit (again without Republican support) to an amount unlikely to be reached for President [Joe] Biden's full term and well beyond," Sargent observed.

"If Democrats don't use their power to act against this threat," Sargent wrote, "it will be a serious dereliction of duty."


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/11/social-security-in-grave-danger-if-gop-retakes-congress-advocates-warn/feed/ 0 340690
“In the Shadow of Invasion”: Artist Molly Crabapple & Ukrainian Journalist Anna Grechishkina Document Ukraine War https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/15/in-the-shadow-of-invasion-artist-molly-crabapple-ukrainian-journalist-anna-grechishkina-document-ukraine-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/15/in-the-shadow-of-invasion-artist-molly-crabapple-ukrainian-journalist-anna-grechishkina-document-ukraine-war/#respond Thu, 15 Sep 2022 12:26:48 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=05aa05ae09217954c92713fe0909420f Seg2 guests

Ukraine has accused Russia of bombing a dam in the southern city of Kryvyi Rih — where Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky was born — forcing evacuation in parts of the city due to flooding. The bombing is the latest Russian attack on civilain infrastructure since Ukrainian forces recaptured over 3,000 square miles of territory from Russia during a counteroffensive this past week. For more, we speak with New York-based artist and author Molly Crabapple, who just published a series of sketches documenting her recent travels across Ukraine alongside Ukrainian journalist and motorcyclist Anna Grechishkina. “I wanted to see with my own eyes how Ukrainians were writing and defining their own future,” says Crabapple. Her new piece is titled “In the Shadow of Invasion.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/15/in-the-shadow-of-invasion-artist-molly-crabapple-ukrainian-journalist-anna-grechishkina-document-ukraine-war/feed/ 0 333462
Displaced Washington flood survivors ‘in limbo’ while awaiting federal aid https://grist.org/extreme-weather/displaced-washington-flood-survivors-in-limbo-while-awaiting-federal-aid/ https://grist.org/extreme-weather/displaced-washington-flood-survivors-in-limbo-while-awaiting-federal-aid/#respond Fri, 02 Sep 2022 10:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=585800 This story from InvestigateWest was produced as part of a collaboration with the Center for Public IntegrityColumbia Journalism Investigations and Type Investigations. It is republished here with permission.

From her driveway in the early evening of Nov. 14, Maryann Snudden could see the Nooksack River — its bank typically a mile away — creeping over the main road in Everson, a city of 2,500 tucked in the foothills of the Cascade mountains in northwest Washington. The swelling river swallowed roadside shrubs and drew closer to her doorstep. And closer.

The sound of pummeling rain boomed through the darkness. By midnight, three feet of water pooled in Snudden’s living room. Soon, an avalanche of debris and freezing floodwater overtook the home that Snudden, a widow, had bought with her mother-in-law only three years earlier. 

“The water ripped through so quickly that it shoved my bed through the wall,” Snudden recalled. 

The deluge reached as high as the ceiling, inundating furniture, photos, clothes, books, electronics, everything. In the kitchen, the powerful currents pried two refrigerators and a water heater off the floor. Outside, the water swept Snudden’s 30-foot ski boat across the nearby blueberry field. 

Snudden, 52, and her mother-in-law, 74, were trapped. Snudden’s son — who lives in a different city — took to Facebook, imploring anyone with a boat to rescue them. “By the time anyone could even come and help, there was six feet of water right out the front door,” she said. 

It was around 5 p.m. the next evening when they were finally rescued, pulled into a boat while the river battered their waterlogged home. 

It’s been more than seven months since the Nooksack River broke free of its banks and steamrolled through the cities of Whatcom County, in the northwest corner of Washington bordering Canada. Once a lush, vibrant place sandwiched between Puget Sound and the Cascades, Whatcom County today is home to hundreds of people like Snudden, who lost everything in the November 2021 flood and continue to shuffle between hotels, damaged homes, and travel trailers, pinning their hopes on an overwhelmed Federal Emergency Management Agency.

The flood waters lapping at Maryann Snudden’s door. Courtesy of Maryann Snudden

FEMA has come under fire in recent years for failing to meet the immediate needs of survivors after major disasters. Critics say its programs are inequitable and that long wait times for its home-buyout projects make them useless for many. 

“The FEMA process is cumbersome to navigate. The help that does come takes a long time to get here, and it’s not nearly enough,” said Everson Mayor John Perry, who like many others in Whatcom County had anticipated more immediate and widespread federal assistance in the wake of the devastating flood. 

FEMA itself makes it clear that its capacity is inherently limited. In an email response to InvestigateWest, FEMA stressed that its “programs alone are not designed to make survivors whole again, but they can provide stability and access to additional resources needed to begin rebuilding and recovering from the floods.” 

“These disasters are always locally led, state coordinated, and federally supported,” said Stacey McClain from the Washington State Emergency Management Department. According to FEMA, “the road to recovery” requires additional resources from community organizations, insurance, low-interest loans, and other local, state, or tribal agencies. 

The boat used by Maryann Snudden to evacuate from their home.
Maryann Snudden and her 74-year-old mother-in-law were rescued from their Everson home and pulled into this boat in November 2021.  Courtesy of Maryann Snudden

But disasters on the scale of November’s flood are far beyond the capacities of community-based relief groups, highlighting the lack of resources available at the local, state, and federal levels, Perry and other officials said. 

Besides, climate change is creating further strain on FEMA’s mission to help people before, during and after a disaster, because billion-dollar disasters in the U.S. are happening every 18 days on average, according to Climate Central, an independent climate science and research organization. The damages caused by coastal and riverine flooding are projected to cost $40.6 billion each year by 2050 — a 26 percent increase — regardless of whether or not global carbon emissions reduction targets are met.

“Over the 20th century, responsibilities for emergency response got very consolidated at the federal level, particularly in FEMA,” said Anna Weber, a senior policy analyst with the Natural Resources Defence Council, a nonprofit environmental advocacy group. She recalled an analogy a colleague once made on the subject. “They said, ‘After a disaster, everyone expects FEMA to come in with giant airplanes and drop bags of money out with parachutes.’ But the reality is much more complicated than that.”

 Maryann Snudden sits on the stairs leading to the basement of her flood-damaged house along Main Street in Everson. Paul Conrad/InvestigateWest

And so, officials acknowledge, people devastated by major disasters in America are often left waiting for help that may never come.

“We were left alone!” Snudden said. “We were left alone to fend for ourselves, and in places that we couldn’t even live in.”


The immediate emergency response fell to state and local officials. Mayor Perry, local police and community members equipped with boats and trucks worked tirelessly to reach those in need. Incredibly, only one person was killed, but during the crisis, the 911 dispatch had a queue of more than 100 pending rescues. 

Snudden’s 911 call didn’t get any response from police, and it was Perry who rescued her and her mother-in-law in the end. 

In the days that followed — after the river receded back to its designated banks — the community banded together to begin the slow, arduous process of recovery: slinging sandbags, shoveling silt from roads and driveways, fishing valuables out of soggy houses, helping wash each other’s soiled clothes, and lending a hand wherever one was needed. 

Perry, the mayor, and people like Snudden all began to ask the same question:  “Where is FEMA?”

A presidential major disaster declaration was finally made on Jan. 5 — 51 days after the flood. Only then was FEMA authorized to come to Whatcom County. 

FEMA’s arrival meant that flood victims could begin registering for federal disaster assistance. By Jan. 11, survivors could apply for assistance on household and essential needs. “The Washington Military Department’s Emergency Management Division and FEMA worked together to award $1.4 million in federal grants to individuals and households in Whatcom County,” FEMA said in an email response to InvestigateWest. On the ground, FEMA opened disaster relief centers throughout the county, where Disaster Survivor Assistance teams helped with aid applications. FEMA also issued fact sheets about individual assistance and the importance of flood insurance

The Whatcom Long Term Recovery Group is a volunteer-based nonprofit that helps coordinate recovery services for families impacted by the flood. That includes a team of local volunteer disaster case managers who help survivors navigate the flood recovery process. They worked closely with FEMA agents, going door-to-door to assess flood damage and help survivors apply for aid, like federal disaster assistance. That includes “grants for temporary housing and home repairs, low-cost loans to cover uninsured property losses and other programs to help individuals and business owners recover from the effects of the disaster,” according to FEMA.

A resident of Everson standing on top of their car to avoid floodwater.
Everson Mayor John Perry, local police and community members equipped with boats and trucks worked tirelessly to reach those in need. Photo courtesy of Whatcom County Sheriff’s Office.

FEMA has several tools to help after a disaster. The Hazard Mitigation Assistance program provides funding for eligible projects that help reduce disaster risk. This larger program includes the Hazard Mitigation Grant Program — which helps rebuild a community after a disaster — and three others: Building Resilient Infrastructure and Communities for reducing future disaster risk, Flood Mitigation Assistance to help reduce the risk of flood damage for buildings insured by the National Flood Insurance Program, and a Post-Fire Assistance grant program.

The Individual Assistance Program supports post-disaster recovery for households and essential needs. And Public Assistance helps rebuild damaged infrastructure, like roads and bridges, with various categories and levels. 

Lacey De Lange is the Whatcom Long Term Recovery Group’s lead disaster case manager. She currently helps about 600 households with FEMA aid applications and appeals and works closely with regional FEMA agents. According to De Lange, these agents “bent over backward to do anything they could within their rules and regulations to try and get funding for the flood survivors.” 

Still, “there’s never enough money,” De Lange said. “People tend to think that FEMA is the savior that will come and help everybody,” she said, adding that “there’s a big gap between what people get and what people need.” 

For Snudden, that rings especially true. 

Snudden used to work with foster children at the Washington Department of Children, Youth, and Families, but she lost her job during the pandemic. Since November’s flood, she has moved 10 times, paying for hotels out of pocket and even moving back into her flood-damaged home at times. It was not until mid-March that the Whatcom Long Term Recovery Group was able to help put Snudden up in a hotel where she stayed through the end of June. 

Although state and federal assistance was available for temporary hotel accommodations, Snudden found Whatcom Long Term Recovery Group’s assistance much easier to navigate. The local recovery group is not “lined with red tape,” she said, and they did not require the amount of documentation that FEMA does. “FEMA made it too complicated,” she said. 

For one, FEMA requires survivors “to document how [they] used disaster funds and keep all receipts for at least three years for verification of how [they] spent the money,” according to FEMA guidance.

Still, Snudden managed to apply for FEMA aid and currently receives some rental assistance, including for a storage unit. But there’s a caveat: “I have to pay it first, and then they reimburse me, which is interesting because I don’t have a job,” she said. “I worry about making it for the next storage unit payment, you know, and it just keeps going month after month.” 


In the months since the flood, the focus has progressively moved toward long-term recovery. 

Whatcom County’s Emergency Management Department and its River and Flood Division are working with FEMA’s Interagency Recovery Coordination group on long-term recovery efforts. FEMA’s coordination efforts help to bridge local, state, and federal governments to work on watershed management, land use planning, the rural agricultural economy and public warning systems in anticipation of future disasters. 

A key component of the long-term recovery effort is the state’s decision to offer a buyout and elevation programs — the former allows individuals to volunteer to have their house acquired by the state and removed from the floodway; the latter raises homes to avoid future flood damage. This is done with money allocated by FEMA through its Hazard Mitigation Grant Program. 

The goal: getting people out of harm’s way.

Maryann Snudden in her flood-damaged basement in Everson. Paul Conrad/InvestigateWest

Applying for and implementing the Hazard Mitigation Grant Program, however, is “a bureaucratic nightmare,” according to Deborah Johnson, a river and flood engineer from Whatcom County’s Public Works Department. Johnson is actively involved in the county’s long-term recovery efforts. 

“People can’t do anything with their home until they are approved for the buyout or elevation,” Johnson said. “When the grant comes through, the message from FEMA basically says, ‘Yes, we’re giving you the money, but you can’t fix anything up until then,’” she said, adding that there is a two- to five-year wait for the buyout process to go through. “And that leaves a lot of people in limbo. Flood survivors are really struggling.” 

A data analysis by Columbia Journalism Investigations shows that Whatcom County has endured four major floods in the last 30 years but has received the third-fewest buyouts in the state — only 12. That does not include pending buyouts following the latest flood. Other counties in Washington have benefited from this program, like King County with 60 buyouts in the past 30 years, Skagit County with 82 and Cowlitz County with 132.

In Whatcom County, 2,000 homes reported damage after the flood. According to John Gargett, deputy director of Whatcom County’s Division of Emergency Management, the areas more severely affected by the flood are also places where many people are economically vulnerable, which creates further challenges for moving to safety.

“The first question is: Are these people even in a position to build a new house or move to a different area?” Gargett said. The next question is one of land availability. “We know there aren’t a lot of areas large enough… especially when you’re looking at hundreds of homes that are within a floodway.”

“That suggests that people need to uproot their lives and move to a whole different community,” he said, adding that the state’s housing crisis makes it even more difficult to find safe, affordable places to live. 

“Are there FEMA programs for any of this? Frankly, no,” he added. “There are no federal programs that say, ‘Sorry, your house is flooded out, we’ll go build you a new one somewhere else.’”

Still, this home buyout program has become the nation’s go-to strategy to relocate people out of harm’s way after a climate disaster.

The average value of damage to a home affected by the flood is about $30,000 to $35,000 per house, according to Gargett, and the FEMA individual assistance program awards just under $6,000 on average. “Right off the bat, you’re starting off in the hole if you’re a homeowner,” Gargett said.

FEMA recognizes that the Hazard Mitigation Grant Program “is not a simple process,” as stated in its fact sheet. Grant approval requires coordination and agreement between state and local governments and FEMA. Additionally, “it is important to note that many flooded properties don’t qualify for a buyout, funding is limited, and requests for funding may exceed available resources,” according to the same fact sheet. 

With the funding from FEMA’s Hazard Mitigation Grant Program, Whatcom County is offering a volunteer-based buyout program, which means individuals with property in harm’s way can sign up to be bought out. As Snudden’s house is directly in the floodway — the space where a river naturally floods — she was first in line to sign up, and is now anxiously waiting for the buyout to be completed.  

Things take time. “It could take a year to 18 months just to know if we even got the grant funding. Then there’s a whole process of contracts and appraisals and acquisitions, buyouts, or elevations,” said Johnson, the county engineer. 

According to Johnson, it likely will not be until late 2023 that the funding for the first buyouts under the Hazard Mitigation Grant Program will come through, providing long awaited, albeit still limited, financial relief. “But there are people like Maryann Snudden who can’t wait that long,” Johnson said. “Their homes are in harm’s way, they’re living in a trailer, and there isn’t enough funding to help people get through it,” she said. 

Maryann Snudden in her new trailer.
Maryann Snudden moved into a travel trailer at the end of June. Paul Conrad/InvestigateWest

Snudden, for her part, is adjusting to life in a new travel trailer. She moved into the trailer at the end of June, after the Whatcom Long Term Recovery Group could no longer help displaced individuals stay in hotels. 

While the Whatcom Long Term Recovery Group is helping pay for her spot in a trailer park, Snudden is funding the trailer with a loan that she will have to repay with the expected buyout money, which may not arrive until the end of next year. 

Still, Snudden is grateful to have a roof over her head and believes that someday her new trailer will feel like home. “This morning, I woke up, got a cup of coffee, went outside, and just sat there for a good hour with my new neighbors — not thinking of the flood, not thinking about why I’m here to begin with,” she said. “This will be a good healing place, I think, to be able to carry on and move forward.”

Alex Lubben of Columbia Journalism Investigations contributed to this report.

InvestigateWest (invw.org) is an independent news nonprofit dedicated to investigative journalism in the Pacific Northwest. Visit invw.org/newsletters to sign up for weekly updates.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Displaced Washington flood survivors ‘in limbo’ while awaiting federal aid on Sep 2, 2022.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Rochelle Gluzman.

]]>
https://grist.org/extreme-weather/displaced-washington-flood-survivors-in-limbo-while-awaiting-federal-aid/feed/ 0 328966
‘Let Those Numbers Sink In’: At Least 45 Palestinians Killed During Israeli Attacks on Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/08/let-those-numbers-sink-in-at-least-45-palestinians-killed-during-israeli-attacks-on-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/08/let-those-numbers-sink-in-at-least-45-palestinians-killed-during-israeli-attacks-on-gaza/#respond Mon, 08 Aug 2022 15:46:17 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338867

Dozens of people were killed and hundreds more were wounded during Israeli attacks on the besieged Gaza Strip over the weekend, Palestinian officials said as Israel and the militant resistance group Palestinian Islamic Jihad declared a truce late Sunday night.

"It's outrageous that the Biden administration gave Israel 'full-throated support' for its murderous 'preemptive' assault on Palestinians in Gaza."

The Palestinian Ministry of Health said Sunday that so far 44 people, including at least 15 children and four women, died during the 66-hour Israeli onslaught—officialy called Operation Breaking Dawn—in which militants also reportedly fired at least hundreds of rockets at Israel, resulting in three light injuries. The ministry said that 360 other Palestinians were wounded during the attacks, which ended with the 11:30 pm truce.

"Let those numbers sink in," tweeted Marwa Fatafta, a Berlin-based Palestinian writer, researcher, and senior policy analyst at the digital rights group Access Now.

Jehad Abusalim, the education and policy coordinator at the American Friends Service Committee, a Quaker peace group, tweeted: "Fifteen kids. Born into a brutal blockade. Their lives defined by wars, bombardments, trauma, fear, poverty, isolation, and dehumanization by the rest of the world."

A 16th child—10-year-old Haneen Abu Qaida—died Monday of injuries sustained during a Saturday Israeli attack that also killed her mother, Palestine's Wafa News Agency reports.

"And we failed them," Abusalim said of the children killed. "During the last war, and the wars before, we promised not to give Gaza seasonal attention anymore. The last aggression ended, and we forgot about Gaza again. We went back to our work and busy lives, like these kids went back to their schools and whatever kids do in Gaza, but unlike the last time."

"This time," he added, "when we go back to our work and busy lives, 15 kids in Gaza won't go back to their schools and whatever kids in Gaza do. Israel killed them, and Israel will get away with it."

The Palestinian human rights organization Al-Haq—one of six humanitarian associations dubiously declared "terrorist organizations" by Israel—said in a statement Sunday that Israel had "indiscriminately targeted civilians and nonmilitary structures" and that the assault constituted "a grave breach of international humanitarian law and may amount to war crimes and crimes against humanity."

Palestinian Islamic Jihad, which is considered a terrorist group by Israel, the United States, and others, said Monday that 12 members of its military wing, including two top commanders, were killed during the Israeli operation.

In a Sunday evening media briefing, Israel Defense Forces (IDF) spokesperson Gen. Ran Kochav said the military believes Israeli strikes killed 35 people in Gaza during the operation, 11 of them civilians.

Kochav also claimed that Islamic Jihad's rockets killed more Gazans than IDF attacks, which struck 170 targets in the densely populated strip, roughly twice the size of Washington, D.C.,  where more than two million Palestinians live.

However, observers asserted that given the IDF's record of targeting civilians and subsequently lying about it, its claims cannot be trusted.

U.S. President Joe Biden on Monday professed his "unwavering" support for Israel while condemning the "indiscriminate rocket attacks launched by the terrorist group Palestinian Islamic Jihad" and praising the "steady leadership" Israeli Prime Minister Yair Lapid and his government. Biden also called for a "timely and thorough investigation" of civilian casualties.

Biden added that he is "proud" of the $1 billion in U.S. support for Israel's Iron Dome anti-missile system, which IDF officials said intercepted around 380 rockets fired by Gaza-based militants. The IDF also claimed that around 200 projectiles failed to clear the Israeli border and landed inside Gaza.

James J. Zogby, founder of the Arab American Institute, tweeted that "it's outrageous that the Biden administration gave Israel 'full-throated support' for its murderous 'preemptive' assault on Palestinians in Gaza."

"Israel started it, egged it on, and Palestinians were sitting ducks," he added, lamenting that the "U.S. denounces Russia for crimes but absolves Israeli crimes. Double standard."

Since 2008, Israeli forces have waged four wars in Gaza in which more than 6,000 Palestinians were killed, according to figures from the United Nations Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs. Last year, during the most recent of those wars, Israeli attacks killed at least 129 civilians, including 66 children.

Over the course of the 21st century, more than 2,200 Palestinian children have been killed by Israeli military, police, and settler-colonist attacks, according to the group Defense for Children International.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/08/let-those-numbers-sink-in-at-least-45-palestinians-killed-during-israeli-attacks-on-gaza/feed/ 0 321725
‘Let Those Numbers Sink In’: At Least 45 Palestinians Killed During Israeli Attacks on Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/08/let-those-numbers-sink-in-at-least-45-palestinians-killed-during-israeli-attacks-on-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/08/let-those-numbers-sink-in-at-least-45-palestinians-killed-during-israeli-attacks-on-gaza/#respond Mon, 08 Aug 2022 15:46:17 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338867

Dozens of people were killed and hundreds more were wounded during Israeli attacks on the besieged Gaza Strip over the weekend, Palestinian officials said as Israel and the militant resistance group Palestinian Islamic Jihad declared a truce late Sunday night.

"It's outrageous that the Biden administration gave Israel 'full-throated support' for its murderous 'preemptive' assault on Palestinians in Gaza."

The Palestinian Ministry of Health said Sunday that so far 44 people, including at least 15 children and four women, died during the 66-hour Israeli onslaught—officialy called Operation Breaking Dawn—in which militants also reportedly fired at least hundreds of rockets at Israel, resulting in three light injuries. The ministry said that 360 other Palestinians were wounded during the attacks, which ended with the 11:30 pm truce.

"Let those numbers sink in," tweeted Marwa Fatafta, a Berlin-based Palestinian writer, researcher, and senior policy analyst at the digital rights group Access Now.

Jehad Abusalim, the education and policy coordinator at the American Friends Service Committee, a Quaker peace group, tweeted: "Fifteen kids. Born into a brutal blockade. Their lives defined by wars, bombardments, trauma, fear, poverty, isolation, and dehumanization by the rest of the world."

A 16th child—10-year-old Haneen Abu Qaida—died Monday of injuries sustained during a Saturday Israeli attack that also killed her mother, Palestine's Wafa News Agency reports.

"And we failed them," Abusalim said of the children killed. "During the last war, and the wars before, we promised not to give Gaza seasonal attention anymore. The last aggression ended, and we forgot about Gaza again. We went back to our work and busy lives, like these kids went back to their schools and whatever kids do in Gaza, but unlike the last time."

"This time," he added, "when we go back to our work and busy lives, 15 kids in Gaza won't go back to their schools and whatever kids in Gaza do. Israel killed them, and Israel will get away with it."

The Palestinian human rights organization Al-Haq—one of six humanitarian associations dubiously declared "terrorist organizations" by Israel—said in a statement Sunday that Israel had "indiscriminately targeted civilians and nonmilitary structures" and that the assault constituted "a grave breach of international humanitarian law and may amount to war crimes and crimes against humanity."

Palestinian Islamic Jihad, which is considered a terrorist group by Israel, the United States, and others, said Monday that 12 members of its military wing, including two top commanders, were killed during the Israeli operation.

In a Sunday evening media briefing, Israel Defense Forces (IDF) spokesperson Gen. Ran Kochav said the military believes Israeli strikes killed 35 people in Gaza during the operation, 11 of them civilians.

Kochav also claimed that Islamic Jihad's rockets killed more Gazans than IDF attacks, which struck 170 targets in the densely populated strip, roughly twice the size of Washington, D.C.,  where more than two million Palestinians live.

However, observers asserted that given the IDF's record of targeting civilians and subsequently lying about it, its claims cannot be trusted.

U.S. President Joe Biden on Monday professed his "unwavering" support for Israel while condemning the "indiscriminate rocket attacks launched by the terrorist group Palestinian Islamic Jihad" and praising the "steady leadership" Israeli Prime Minister Yair Lapid and his government. Biden also called for a "timely and thorough investigation" of civilian casualties.

Biden added that he is "proud" of the $1 billion in U.S. support for Israel's Iron Dome anti-missile system, which IDF officials said intercepted around 380 rockets fired by Gaza-based militants. The IDF also claimed that around 200 projectiles failed to clear the Israeli border and landed inside Gaza.

James J. Zogby, founder of the Arab American Institute, tweeted that "it's outrageous that the Biden administration gave Israel 'full-throated support' for its murderous 'preemptive' assault on Palestinians in Gaza."

"Israel started it, egged it on, and Palestinians were sitting ducks," he added, lamenting that the "U.S. denounces Russia for crimes but absolves Israeli crimes. Double standard."

Since 2008, Israeli forces have waged four wars in Gaza in which more than 6,000 Palestinians were killed, according to figures from the United Nations Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs. Last year, during the most recent of those wars, Israeli attacks killed at least 129 civilians, including 66 children.

Over the course of the 21st century, more than 2,200 Palestinian children have been killed by Israeli military, police, and settler-colonist attacks, according to the group Defense for Children International.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/08/let-those-numbers-sink-in-at-least-45-palestinians-killed-during-israeli-attacks-on-gaza/feed/ 0 321724
We Are Not ‘In This Together’: The Biden Adminstration’s Covid-19 Policy Is Still Killing Vulnerable People https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/30/we-are-not-in-this-together-the-biden-adminstrations-covid-19-policy-is-still-killing-vulnerable-people/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/30/we-are-not-in-this-together-the-biden-adminstrations-covid-19-policy-is-still-killing-vulnerable-people/#respond Sat, 30 Jul 2022 10:40:47 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/338684

I have multiple sclerosis, a disease in which the immune system attacks the central nervous system. The myelin sheath that surrounds the nerve endings hardens during these attacks, preventing nerve impulses from traveling where they should. These hardened nerve endings, or lesions, accumulate on the brains and spinal cords of people with MS. Because the central nervous system regulates the other bodily systems, MS lesions can cause an endless list of debilitating symptoms including fatigue, numbness, spasticity, pain, incontinence, blindness, cognitive dysfunction, paralysis, difficulty swallowing and breathing, and death. MS is unpredictable, progressive, and there is no cure. Frankly, it's terrifying.

The horrors of chronic illness and disability under capitalism are too numerous to count, even in the best of times.

I have been on several medications to slow the progression of my MS. Some have worked for a time, others not at all. I currently receive infusions that eliminate B cells, making me immunocompromised. Because of my treatment, I did not form antibodies from any of the four Covid-19 vaccines I've received. The absence of B cells and antibodies leaves me without two of three pillars of immunity against Covid-19 and puts me at risk for severe illness or death. I am between a rock and a hard place, or more precisely, between protecting myself from a devastating, incurable neurological disease and a deadly and ever-mutating virus.

Such paradoxes aren't rare for vulnerable people in the United States. The horrors of chronic illness and disability under capitalism are too numerous to count, even in the best of times. And despite our country's intense political divisions, everyone seems to agree that in the worst of times, vulnerable people are casually expendable for the sake of the economy. Under the leadership of both Republicans and Democrats, public health policy in the US consistently espouses eugenics. The Biden administration's Covid-19 policy is no different: it culls sick, disabled, and immunocompromised people from the population as part of its pledge to "return to normal."

The Biden administration's failure to protect vulnerable people from Covid-19 is evident in CDC director Rochelle Walensky's comments from January 7, 2022: "The overwhelming number of deaths, over 75%, occurred in people who had at least four comorbidities. So really, these are people who were unwell to begin with. And yes, really encouraging news in the context of Omicron."

Walensky's comments caused widespread outrage in the disability community but they only hint at the magnitude of this administration's cruel and normalized failure to protect vulnerable lives. In response to our outrage, the CDC, Biden, and their Covid-minimizing pundits continue to insist that our deaths are unfortunate, but inevitable. At the same time, they wage an ongoing campaign to convince the public that implementing simple measures to protect us would be too great a burden. In lieu of protecting the high-risk community with substantive public health policy like universal masking, improved ventilation, and adequate isolation periods, the CDC has assured us that it is "committed to continuing the dialogue," and "working to help reduce health disparities… with initiatives including providing accessible materials and culturally relevant messages."

Even in the wake of Biden's own diagnosis, his administration maintains that it doesn't need to mandate policy that would prevent Covid-19 health disparities because it "has the tools" to fix them. Yet the CDC's accessibility toolkit for people with disabilities and the White House's latest fact sheet for managing BA.5, the now dominant variant, offer the high-risk community little more than a regurgitation of their vaccination-only strategy. This is a strategy that relies on outdated vaccines that don't provide protection for many immunocompromised people and that are more easily evaded as the virus evolves. The CDC and Biden frame non-pharmaceutical interventions like masking and distancing as an imperative for the vulnerable and a choice for everyone else. Of course, non-pharmaceutical interventions are far less effective when only some members of the community use them. And allowing personal choice to guide public health behavior conditions people to believe that good outcomes are possible whether they choose to participate in the interventions necessary to achieve those outcomes.

Two of the administration's pharmaceutical "tools," the Paxlovid test to treat program and the monoclonal antibody Evusheld, were broadcast as panaceas for high-risk people when they were rolled out in December. But shortages, confusing guidelines, and uneven distribution have made these treatments inaccessible to many in the high-risk population. Recent data on Evusheld shows it is markedly less effective against Omicron sub variants, and growing evidence suggests that a five-day course of Paxlovid may not be enough to clear some infections, contributing to relapsing Covid-19. Sick, disabled, and immunocompromised people have been left with nothing to rely on but our ability to navigate a system that is indifferent to our deaths.

Meanwhile, Biden and the CDC have worked very hard to convince Americans that the demise of vulnerable people is an acceptable byproduct of the expression of their civil liberties. They've reassured the well and abled public that a performative gesture of pity for their sick, disabled, and immunocompromised neighbors mitigates the impact of hanging out at a bar or going maskless to the grocery store. But Biden and the CDC have also worked very hard to conceal the risks that Covid-19 poses to well and abled people. Not only has the public been convinced that it's reasonable to return to "normal" at the peril of the vulnerable, they've also been convinced that it's reasonable to return to normal at their own peril.

In May 2021, Biden announced that the CDC no longer recommended masks for vaccinated people, despite the rise of the highly contagious Delta variant in India and the UK. Then, in July 2021, he claimed that vaccinated people would not get Covid-19, and in October 2021 he claimed that vaccinated people cannot spread Covid-19. Neither of those claims are true, but Biden's comments enabled vaccinated people to base their behavior on a (misinformed) assessment of their own safety rather than the safety of their communities. Given official permission, much of the public abandoned mitigations like masking and distancing which were previously understood to be a civic responsibility.

Earlier this year, the CDC changed its default map metric from "community transmission levels", which reflects current cases, to "community levels'', which reflects hospital admissions. But data on hospital admissions can lag by weeks, resulting in maps that obscure, unsurprisingly, transmission at the community level. Currently, 93.14% of the US is experiencing high community transmission levels and hospital admissions have been on the rise since April. Biden and the CDC have consistently claimed that we are in a "pandemic of the unvaccinated" while 40% of those who died in February and March 2022 were, in fact, vaccinated (15% and 18% boosted, respectively). And BA.5 is 4.2 times more vaccine resistant than BA.2, which was the dominant in February and March when the data was collected. It is unforgivable for our government to hide such vital information when we've already lost more than one million Americans to Covid-19.

Although the CDC has finally published findings that one in five people who get COVID-19 in the US will get Long Covid, data that should have set off alarms to put stronger protections in place has been largely ignored. Our government officials have made little effort to educate the public about the fact that even a mild case of Covid-19 can lead to potentially devastating, multi-organ, multi-system complications, including those of the heart, brain, and lungs. The Biden administration and the CDC have put the onus on individuals to assess risk without giving them adequate information to calculate that risk.

As guidance from our government continues to perpetuate the myth that the pandemic is over for anyone who wishes it to be, life-saving community mitigations have all but disappeared. Perhaps this administration's most horrific act of negligence is its refusal to acknowledge that abandoning these mitigations is what ensures the continuing cycle of death and suffering from Covid-19. It has been devastating to watch the public use our government's monstrous guidance as an excuse to devalue vulnerable lives. Ending public health protections because sick and disabled people are disproportionately dying from Covid-19 is, unquestionably, eugenics.

Unfortunately, in the US, eugenics isn't just a monstrous policy choice. It's an American ideal. The notion that individual choice can somehow be substituted for public health policy has been seamlessly integrated into our country's deep-rooted doctrine of exceptionalism. The "urgency of normal" to go to brunch has replaced the moral imperative to protect others from death and disability. This open disregard for human life has been presented by our government as a uniquely American obligation to respect each other's "choices". But having a neurological disease and compromised immune system during a pandemic is not a choice. Death and suffering have been normalized to such a horrific extent that the vulnerable are now expected remain "civil" when asking not to be disposed of so that others can keep social plans intact. The moral vacuum of the current moment is shocking.

Those at high risk have been left to fend for ourselves. Most of us are hiding at home, looking for a meaningful way to divide up the 20,400 hours and counting we've spent trying to dodge Covid-19. Many of us have been forced to forgo essential medical care, isolate ourselves from our families and social networks, and choose between our lives and our livelihoods. In the absence of any financial support, many high-risk people who've been told that they should stay home can't afford to do so. The physical, psychological, and financial stress is overwhelming.

In May, the Biden administration issued a statement that we could see 100 million Covid-19 cases this fall and winter due to a lack of funding. Days later, Biden urged states to spend "leftover" Covid-19 relief on funding the police. Biden and the CDC continue to acknowledge the rise in Covid-19 cases as if there is nothing that they, the arbiters of public health policy, can or should do about it.

Our government has abandoned its responsibility to protect its citizens by blaming its failures on the very individuals it was elected to protect. This has been at the core of the Biden administration's message: bad Covid-19 outcomes are the result of individuals' bad choices. But as recent history has shown us, the most vulnerable people in our society, despite behaving the most responsibly on an individual basis, suffer the most. Biden's faulty pretext normalizes suffering by attributing it to the moral failings of its victims. The moral failure is of those in power, not those who suffer under that power.

As we approach a winter in which one third of the U.S. population could contract Covid-19, I suspect that well and abled people will once again feel that their lives are threatened by the consequences of their irresponsible, albeit misguided, behavior. They will return to performative allyship, and to news feeds full of clichés like "we're all in this together." Public health relies on compassionate, collective commitment from the public. In our current moment, it relies on the public's commitment to holding those in power accountable. Until the public demands accountability from those in power and from one another, we are most certainly not in this together. 


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Maggie Mills.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/30/we-are-not-in-this-together-the-biden-adminstrations-covid-19-policy-is-still-killing-vulnerable-people/feed/ 0 319626
The Leader of New York’s “City of the Dead” Cashes In. Again. https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/25/the-leader-of-new-yorks-city-of-the-dead-cashes-in-again/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/25/the-leader-of-new-yorks-city-of-the-dead-cashes-in-again/#respond Mon, 25 Jul 2022 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/cemetery-long-island-pinelawn-lockes-pinelawn#1375196 by Carson Kessler

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

The stretch where Pinelawn Road turns into Wellwood Avenue on New York’s Long Island is known to locals as Cemetery Row. For 3 1/2 miles, the four-lane road is lined with sweeping, manicured lawns with separate entrances to eight cemeteries set back from the street. Comprising 2,300 acres, almost three times as much land as New York City’s Central Park, it’s the largest contiguous area devoted to burials in the United States.

The business district in Cemetery Row has a power plant, a commuter rail station and a suburban-style commercial strip surrounded by burial grounds. Large signs advertise marble slabs, and you can see smoke wafting up from a crematory. Commercial and religious establishments with names such as St. Charles Monuments, Eternal Memorials and Star of David Memorial Chapel alternate with Kerensky Florist, Michelle’s Florist and Chicky’s Florist, not to mention two gas stations and the Barnwell House of Tires.

The oldest of the cemeteries here, in Farmingdale about 20 miles east of New York City’s eastern border, is Pinelawn Memorial Park. At 839 acres, it’s the second largest nonmilitary cemetery in the country. During the dark early days of the pandemic, when local cemeteries struggled to keep up with the region’s wave of COVID-19 casualties, Pinelawn emerged as a standout; it was able to keep its operations going to meet the needs of grieving families. Pinelawn buried 5,381 people in 2020, up 30% from the year before, according to its filings.

In New York, unlike most other states, cemeteries are not-for-profit organizations. For 175 years, the state has prohibited for-profit cemeteries, largely to ensure that as much money as possible goes to the upkeep of graves and to prevent profiteering from death. Like other cemeteries in New York, Pinelawn is owned by the thousands of people who have bought burial plots there, overseen by a board meant to represent the plot holders’ interests. As a nonprofit, Pinelawn pays no taxes on its land or on the millions of dollars that surged into its coffers during the pandemic.

But Pinelawn doesn’t resemble other New York cemeteries in a key respect: The Lockes, the family that has run Pinelawn since it opened in 1902 and that has passed down the leadership among four generations, have consistently cashed in on its nonprofit operations. During its heroic pandemic efforts in 2020, the cemetery’s revenues rose by a third, and as demand soared, Pinelawn raised the prices of its burial plots as much as 47%, with the price of a plot in one coveted location rising from $7,495 in 2020 to $10,995 a year later. And that doesn’t count the cost of the bronze grave markers, mandatory at Pinelawn (which bars traditional gravestones in favor of markers that are flush to the ground). In all, the grave markers and a long list of additional fees can add another $7,000 to $10,000 on top of the cost of the plot.

Pinelawn president Justin Locke was paid $500,000 in 2020. His wife, Alexandra, who was promoted from office manager to executive vice-president of the organization in 2016, was paid $300,000. Locke’s parents, aunts and uncles split another $2.2 million in dividend-like payments from the sale of cemetery plots.

The combined $3 million made by the Locke family from Pinelawn in 2020 doesn’t capture its total take, nor does it capture the family’s history of using Pinelawn to make money. Justin Locke’s father, Stephen, who ran Pinelawn until 2013, used about a quarter of the cemetery’s land to open a for-profit golf course that he co-owns to this day.

Meanwhile, Pinelawn, which has touted its beauty and tranquility for more than a century — it spends $1 million a year on advertising, according to publicly filed financial reports, more than any cemetery in the state — has embarked on a plan to lease another 100 of its acres to a developer who plans to build warehouses and office buildings.

Pinelawn and the Lockes declined multiple requests to be interviewed for this article. Presented with extensive questions in writing, Katherine Heaviside, a press representative for the family and the cemetery, responded to only one of the scores of points raised. And as this article was nearing publication, the cemetery mailed ProPublica a check for $1,000, which Pinelawn said was intended as a donation. ProPublica returned the check, citing the impending article. Heaviside said the donation was made “in response to a solicitation from Jill Shepherd at ProPublica,” adding, “ProPublica’s ethics are very questionable here.” (Shepherd, ProPublica’s director of online fundraising and outreach, sends out bulk email solicitations that are distributed to hundreds of thousands of people who have agreed to receive emails after signing up for ProPublica’s newsletters or donating. She has never been in individual contact with Pinelawn.)

The Lockes’ ways of cashing in on a nonprofit have caused periodic consternation in New York government circles for the better part of a century. Those practices helped lead to the creation of a state regulatory agency to oversee cemeteries and a legal ban on the sorts of dividends that the Lockes receive. But for nearly 75 years now, that ban has exempted Pinelawn. The cemetery business may have changed a lot during that time, but, it appears, the Locke family’s practices have not.

As other nearby cemeteries struggled to keep up during the early pandemic, Pinelawn was able to maintain its operations. It buried 5,381 people in 2020. (Chris Gregory-Rivera, special to ProPublica)

In the early months of the pandemic in the New York City area, the systems that processed deaths were as overwhelmed as those that worked to save lives. Bodies piled up at hospital morgues. Funeral directors couldn’t quickly answer the calls of grieving families, much less retrieve bodies. Crematories burned around the clock.

Cemeteries, too, struggled to manage during the start of the pandemic. Long Island facilities were booked solid, and wait times for burials increased to weeks. Cemeteries had to begin imposing restrictions. Calverton National Cemetery, the largest military burial site in the country, located about 40 miles from Pinelawn, limited casket burials to 15 per day and stopped accepting cremated remains for burial. Military honors were also suspended. Other operations, such as St. Charles Cemetery, located across the street from Pinelawn, reduced hours and staff. “All funerals Monday through Saturday must arrive by 12 p.m. — There will be no overtime or exceptions,” regulations read.

Many cemeteries, each typically serving hundreds of different funeral homes, limited themselves to 10 burials per day, at a moment when a single funeral home might receive 10 or more bodies a day, according to local funeral directors. “The demand was way higher than the burial limits cemeteries were imposing,” said Michael Hoddinott, a funeral director at Brueggemann Funeral Home in Long Island’s East Northport.

But Pinelawn was able to smoothly accommodate the surging death toll and continued to operate without delays, according to funeral directors and a statement made by the head of the state Division of Cemeteries at a meeting of state regulators. “If I had to choose a cemetery to deal with during the pandemic,” said Hoddinott, who handled 37 burials at Pinelawn in 2020, “it would be Pinelawn.” Nancy White, a funeral director at nearby Arthur F. White Funeral Home, concurred. “Pinelawn was terrific compared to the other cemeteries next to it,” she said.

Burials at Pinelawn continued, albeit with COVID-19 protocols such as limits on the number of attendees, social distancing rules and required face coverings. Rather than restricting the number of funeral directors within the administration office, Pinelawn set up a courtyard table to allow funeral directors to check in safely during the worst periods. Paperwork was handled swiftly, and funerals adhered to a strict schedule to fit as many burials into the day as possible.

Heavy demand, combined with Pinelawn’s ability to maintain seamless operations at a time of maximum duress, allowed it to implement price hikes in 2021. Pinelawn broadly raised the prices for its land graves (which can exceed $30,000), according to price lists filed in November 2021 with the Division of Cemeteries and obtained in a records request.

Pinelawn charges an additional $1,878 to bury a body (plus another $600 if you want to hold the burial on a Saturday). You’ll need to pay $728 to $900 more if you want the grave to have a concrete liner. Bronze plaques, as noted, are mandatory and run $2,345 to $4,698; if you want text inscribed on the plaque or a notation that your loved one was a military veteran, that could cost another $1,000 or so. If you request four folding chairs at the burial, you will be billed $68, and if you want a canopy, that’s another $170. And none of this, it should be noted, includes charges from the funeral home, such as the cost of a casket or embalming.

Pinelawn, seen from the adjacent Long Island National Cemetery, prohibits traditional gravestones. Instead, it mandates bronze grave markers, flush to the ground, in part to preserve open vistas. (Chris Gregory-Rivera, special to ProPublica)

All those new graves and higher prices at Pinelawn translated into cash for the Locke family, the descendents of the cemetery’s founder. The explanation lies in an obscure but lucrative financial instrument called a “land share,” which in Pinelawn’s case dates back to 1904 and pays dividends twice a year. Those payouts more than doubled during the early months of the pandemic, from $13.65 per share in August 2019 to $28 in August 2020, before subsiding to $20.70 in August 2021.

The Locke family owns 51,964 of the 127,850 land shares that were issued by Pinelawn during the presidential administration of Theodore Roosevelt, and which still circulate today. The shares are unusual in another regard: Some of the rest are traded on an over-the-counter Nasdaq market — their price has more than doubled over the past five years — and a small coterie of investors have bought shares, coveting their reliable revenue stream. No other cemetery land shares are listed on Nasdaq’s OTC Markets Group.

Calling them “land shares” is a bit of a misnomer, since they don’t actually entail owning land. Instead, they’re an investment, originally used to fund the creation of the cemetery, that entitles the holder to dividends derived from the sales of cemetery plots. Half of the proceeds from each sale of a plot go to pay the dividends, with the other half used to take care of the property.

The shares remain valid until the last plot is sold and the empty land at Pinelawn has been used up. That day is far off. Of Pinelawn’s 839 acres, more than 600 remain unsold and undeveloped today. In 2018, Pinelawn president Justin Locke said that at the current pace the cemetery wouldn’t run out of land for at least 206 years.

Using land shares to help raise money for cemeteries was not unusual in the late 19th century, according to the 1991 book “The Last Great Necessity: Cemeteries in American History,” by David Charles Sloane. The book describes such shares as a method of “hiding the profitable nature of the investment” at a time when Americans were uncomfortable with the notion of making money on death. (Today, most states allow for-profit cemeteries, and a handful of national corporations have bought up more and more cemeteries.)

Pinelawn’s land shares have paid out a total of $100 million in dividends since they were first issued more than a century ago, according to ProPublica’s calculations. In 2020, relatives of Pinelawn president Justin Locke received $2.2 million in dividends. (Document obtained from Suffolk Supreme Court)

New York state banned for-profit cemeteries in 1847 — not only to prevent profiteering but to ensure solid financial management. Back then it was common for entrepreneurs to open cemeteries without adequate financial backing. The operations often went bankrupt, leaving untended graves and, sometimes, unburied or partially buried corpses in various states of decomposition.

Pinelawn’s land shares originally sold for as little as $1 a share, but they have delivered huge profits for those lucky enough to have them: more than $100 million since the first distribution in 1904, according to calculations by ProPublica.

The shares come with another boon: By all appearances, holders of land shares don’t have to pay taxes on their dividends. Holders of the shares told ProPublica that Pinelawn does not issue 1099 forms for the shares, which, among other things, would notify the IRS of any income. In addition, a 2008 letter written by Pinelawn’s tax lawyers described the shares as “exempt.” An IRS spokesperson declined to comment, and multiple tax experts contacted by ProPublica said they’d never heard of land shares and couldn’t say whether their dividends should be taxed. Representatives for the Locke family did not respond to ProPublica’s written question asking whether they pay taxes on their land share dividends.

A commercial strip in Cemetery Row near Pinelawn (Chris Gregory-Rivera, special to ProPublica)

The area around Pinelawn looked very different in the late 19th century, when William H. Locke Jr. first began hatching plans for a cemetery. Lush forests of oak and pine thrived. Farms and country estates lined the rural roads.

Locke saw an opportunity: The population of New York City was exploding, and Manhattan in particular was running out of space to bury the dead. In the 1890s, Locke started accumulating large tracts of land. By 1899, he owned 2,300 acres.

At the time, New York state law provided that a private cemetery association could not own more than 200 acres. William Locke got around the limit by splitting his operation into eight separate associations. For reasons that have been lost to time, Locke appears to have persuaded a state court a few years later to order the reassembly of the eight groups into one operation owned by Locke.

Opening a huge cemetery cost money, and Pinelawn embarked on an “innovative sales program,” according to “The Last Great Necessity.” Pinelawn took out newspaper ads and deployed salespeople to sell plots in advance. They were “authorized to offer purchasers a payment plan of 25 cents down and 23 cents until the lot was purchased.”

Pinelawn was also whipping up a frenzy, by the standards of the era, for its land shares. Thousands of people would eventually buy the certificates. A prospectus claimed they would be as safe as government bonds and “produce an income more than ten times greater.” The shares, the prospectus noted, would be “exempt from all taxation.”

The document promised Pinelawn would be “the most elegant cemetery in the world.” It boasted that the Long Island Rail Road “runs through the center of its lands, and the Company is now erecting a private station and mortuary chapel of its own,” and that “a large receiving vault of the most sanitary nature, and under the most improved designs and artistic finish has just been completed.”

From its opening in 1904, Pinelawn was intended to appeal to residents of New York City, which was running out of burial space. Having a train that ran from the city directly to the cemetery was a selling point. (Courtesy of Brad Phillips)

Pinelawn employed the sort of sales hype — “the largest burial place in the world” — that you might associate more with, say, launching the Queen Mary than consecrating a place of mourning and remembrance. The cemetery’s opening in the fall of 1904 was a festive affair. The 47th Regiment Band played, and special trains unloaded dignitaries from New York and Brooklyn at the newly opened station. A bishop and a county judge gave congratulatory addresses.

Despite the gala and Pinelawn’s sales prowess, the cemetery fell into financial trouble almost instantly — and questions about its business practices surfaced. Tension grew among Pinelawn’s directors, who included a raft of bank presidents and R.F. Pettigrew, listed on the cemetery’s prospectus as a “former U.S. Senator and Capitalist.” In 1905, Pettigrew resigned from the board, claiming that Pinelawn was being grossly mismanaged and that its officials had destroyed documents. Pettigrew also claimed that founder William Locke and another executive had sold land shares for their own benefit, rather than to generate revenue for the cemetery.

Locke disputed the claims and fired back in kind. Pettigrew, he said, “claims deception was practiced upon him, but it is also apparent that he made no noise about it until he had disposed of most of his shares and pocketed the money.”

Pinelawn continued to struggle in its early years. It failed to pay dividends on its land shares and in 1915 was placed in receivership. (William Locke’s brother-in-law managed to get himself appointed receiver until a judge discovered his ties to the Lockes and booted him from the role.) At that point, Pinelawn’s only assets were land, a few horses and hearses and $68 in the bank. It had debts of $280,000. Pinelawn claimed it couldn’t pay a judgment in a case brought by land share holders who said they hadn’t gotten their dividends.

As a result, a judge ordered Pinelawn to sell portions of its land to pay the judgment. Over the next 15 years, Pinelawn sold more than 1,400 acres of its original property to other cemeteries. That helped Pinelawn stabilize its finances while reducing its size to its current 839 acres.

It was a precarious period for Pinelawn. William Locke died suddenly at his desk in the cemetery office in 1922 and was briefly succeeded by his wife, Lillian. She then gave way to her sister, Eleanor Hughes, who remained the ultimate power at Pinelawn until Alfred Locke ascended to the presidency of Pinelawn in 1949.

Pinelawn and other New York cemeteries continued to draw suspicion about their business practices. The state attorney general launched an investigation, and, in 1949, released a report that excoriated the industry for “profiteering from sorrow.” Attorney General Nathaniel Goldstein concluded that nonprofit cemetery corporations “have been cynically developed into devices for profiteering on the widest possible scale.” He found evidence that operators were draining millions of dollars from cemetery corporations; that cemetery managers stacked their boards with family and cronies to maintain control; that they paid excessive salaries to executives; and that they secretly sold plots at discounts to friends and family, who would then resell the plots at a big markup.

Pinelawn was cited as an example of the latter abuses. Goldstein pointed out that, under the heading “self-arranged bargains,” Alfred Locke allowed his aunt to buy 40,000 burial plots for 27.5 cents each, which she could then resell for $50 to $100 apiece.

After Goldstein’s report, the state — over vehement protests by the Lockes and others — established a new regulatory agency, the New York State Cemetery Board. All nonprofit cemetery corporations would henceforth be required to file their rates and financial reports with the state and to abide by the board’s rules. The Cemetery Board today regulates the 1,700 cemeteries in New York State, not including religious or municipal facilities and burial grounds operated for family or individual use, which are outside the board’s oversight.

The state legislature then banned the issuance of new land shares but made an exception for existing shares. Today, according to the state cemetery division, only two other cemeteries still have outstanding land shares. But those cemeteries — Cedar Grove and Mount Lebanon, both in Queens — are close to capacity and thus pay only modest dividends today.

The railroad station built specifically for Pinelawn (Chris Gregory-Rivera, special to ProPublica)

Alfred Locke managed to revive Pinelawn’s business in the decades that followed the 1949 attorney general’s report, using what “The Last Great Necessity” described as “inventive advertising, direct mail and door-to-door approaches.” He turned the operation into a financial success.

In 1971, a profile of the cemetery in The New York Times was headlined “Pinelawn Is a Prosperous City of the Dead.” As cemeteries in Queens, Brooklyn and the Bronx approached the “point of saturation,” reporter John Darnton wrote, “the city is reaching farther for room to bury its dead.” He described a steady stream of funeral corteges on the Long Island Expressway. The article quoted Alfred Locke defending Pinelawn’s aesthetic approach. “It’s really a conservationist thing,” he said. “People say, ‘what a waste of land.’ But what would you prefer to see, a factory? A 20 story office building?” Locke went on to say, “I think we’ve got to stop and say we’ve had enough: We can’t look at a place with a lot of industry and say, Isn’t that wonderful! Because industry breeds congestion and pollution.”

By the early 2000s, Alfred had long since been succeeded by his son Stephen, and once again Pinelawn came under scrutiny for its business practices. The questions this time stemmed from a golf course that had opened adjacent to the cemetery a few years earlier.

Like Alfred, Stephen Locke was entrepreneurial. He proposed leasing 225 acres of unused Pinelawn land to create the golf course. “I looked at this as an opportunity to do something that wasn’t merely a continuation of something my father had started,” Locke told The New York Times in 1995 about his then-planned golf course. He called it a “win-win situation.”

Locke would be a co-owner of the golf course, entitled to his share of any profits from that operation. That meant that Stephen Locke (chairman of nonprofit Pinelawn) would be transacting with Stephen Locke (president of the for-profit golf course).

Using cemetery land for another purpose required that Locke obtain approval from state regulators. “At the beginning, the Cemetery Board was sort of dead set against it,” according to Gus Ballard, an investigator with the state Department of Cemeteries from 1993 to 2019. But Locke assured the regulators that Pinelawn would benefit from the golf course — the lease would generate revenues for the cemetery — and that none of his actions would jeopardize the cemetery’s finances or tax-exempt status. He also enlisted support from prominent New York state politicians, including Sen. Daniel Patrick Moynihan and Long Island’s U.S. Rep. Thomas Downey. (Moynihan died in 2003; Downey did not reply to a request for comment.) Locke “turned everything around,” Ballard said. “So that eventually got approved.”

But Locke had withheld key information, according to Ballard, who said he discovered this a few years later, in 2002, when he was performing a routine audit of Pinelawn. Ballard began to uncover what he saw as irregularities. The most consequential, in his view, was the Lockes’ ownership of plots (which equate to votes for Pinelawn’s governing board) that it had not revealed to the Cemetery Board, giving the family what Ballard called “virtual absolute power over Pinelawn’s affairs.”

Ballard also discovered undisclosed details of the golf course arrangement. Locke had used some of the graves he owned as collateral for the loans that financed the golf course, an apparent violation of a state rule that prohibits putting cemetery funds at risk for an outside venture. Since Locke didn’t have the right to sell large numbers of graves on the open market, he created an option agreement that would allow him to sell his lots back to the cemetery if needed. Pinelawn’s board of directors, 11 of whose members were “hand-picked” by Locke, according to the state — three of them, plus Stephen Locke himself, owned a combined 56% of the golf course — approved the option agreement.

Ballard drafted a memo for the Division of Cemeteries that echoed the Goldstein report a half-century before it. “Pinelawn Cemetery has been operated, all along,” he wrote, “primarily for the private benefit of the management and Land Shareholders, with the interests of ordinary plot owners, (and the cemetery’s future), receiving subservient consideration, at best.”

Stephen Locke “was not happy” when authorities began investigating his moves, said Richard Fishman, then head of the state cemetery division. Pinelawn was owned by its plot holders, but Fishman said Locke’s attitude was “he owns the cemetery and it’s his business and he can do whatever the hell he wants, which is a great point of view if he were in any other state than New York.” Fishman’s division forwarded its findings to the state attorney general.

In 2004, then-New York Attorney General Eliot Spitzer filed suit against Locke, Pinelawn and several of its officers and directors, alleging that the Lockes had for decades violated the ban on private ownership of public cemeteries. The suit repeated the charges made by Ballard. And it included an assortment of other allegations, including that the Lockes had diverted proceeds from the sales of mausoleums to benefit the holders of land shares, whose dividends are supposed to flow from sales of plots only.

Spitzer also charged Pinelawn with failing to disclose to taxing authorities millions of dollars paid by the cemetery to land share holders and omitting required disclosures from annual reports filed with the state Cemetery Board. Pinelawn acknowledged not sending 1099s to shareholders, but argued in legal filings that the payments are not dividends but instead repayments of capital, which it contended meant that no taxes were owed. In its court papers at the time, Pinelawn denied “any and all liability with respect to the causes of action alleged in the Action."

The suit was settled in 2006 with no payment by Pinelawn or the Lockes and only one significant concession: Pinelawn agreed that Stephen Locke would sell 51% of the graves he owned. The Lockes would no longer own a majority of graves and, in principle, would no longer be able to dictate the composition of Pinelawn’s board. Ballard called the settlement a “halfhearted attempt to sort of make it so they weren’t solely in charge of the whole operation. I’m not sure we did a very good job with that.”

The board members were slowly replaced, but the new ones seemed to resemble the ones they succeeded: lawyers, politicians and lobbyists, often with ties to the Lockes. Three new directors joined the board in 2007, two of them state or regional power brokers: Arthur Kremer, an attorney who served 13 terms in the New York State Assembly and headed its Ways & Means Committee; Mark Cuthbertson, an attorney and longtime Huntington town councilmember; and Locke’s son, Justin. (Kremer and Cuthbertson did not respond to a request for comment.) The Lockes and Pinelawn “have a lot of political clout,” said Fishman, the former head of the Division of Cemeteries.

The composition of Pinelawn’s board changed — but its amenability to the Lockes didn’t. In 2007, just a year after the settlement with the state, Pinelawn’s board voted to approve another option agreement with Stephen Locke, almost identical to the one that Ballard viewed as illegal. The agreement allows Locke’s ownership of 2,500 graves to be used as collateral for $2.5 million in loans he took out for the golf course.

Today, the golf course, called Colonial Springs, continues to operate. According to Pinelawn’s 990 form, Colonial Springs paid some $400,000 in property taxes last year. It underwent a $4.5 million renovation in 2007 by renowned architect Robert Trent Jones Jr., winning accolades in Golf Digest. In addition to Stephen Locke, three of Pinelawn’s current directors (none of whom responded to requests for comment) are also board members and shareholders of the golf operation.

The for-profit Colonial Springs golf course, partially owned by Stephen Locke, operates on 225 acres leased from Pinelawn, which Stephen Locke formerly headed. (Chris Gregory-Rivera, special to ProPublica)

When Justin Locke first appeared before a meeting of the state Cemetery Board in March of 2018, it offered a rare moment to see Pinelawn’s president, who had acceded to the position five years earlier, in a public forum. In a trim dark suit, his pate glinting from the fluorescent lights in the cramped, low-ceilinged room, Locke cut a confident figure, a video of the meeting shows. He spoke in the urgent baritone of a 1950s-documentary narrator.

The grandson of Alfred Locke, the man who had talked about the importance of conservation and his horror of factories and office buildings, Justin Locke was appearing before the Cemetery Board to sound them out on a new idea: leasing 100 acres of Pinelawn’s property to develop into warehouses and office buildings.

Justin Locke made his case to the Cemetery Board, starting with the surprising claim that the area of the cemetery he wanted to develop was blighted. He described the 100-acre parcel as filled with “crime, trespassing, quality-of-life issues that are affecting the neighbors, complaints. It’s hurting our reputation.” (The “crime” he was describing seemed to consist largely of trespassers riding ATVs on the property.)

Noting Pinelawn’s extensive unused land, Locke touted the potential revenues the cemetery could earn by leasing the parcel. He called it a “cake-and-eat-it scenario where we can leave the property over there, maintain control over it, but generate a substantial income off of it in the meantime.”

He also made a remark that seemed to reflect his awareness of the legacy he inherited as the fourth generation of Lockes to head the cemetery. “I see this as a tremendously beneficial, impactful project for Pinelawn,” he said. “I don’t know if there’s anything I’ll do in my time there that will eclipse the benefit that could be had from this.”

For their part, a few board members showed their own memory of history, alluding to the allegations of self-dealing that were made about Locke’s father and his golf course. One board member said, “Obviously the law has changed since the golf course lease was signed, and what would be a nonstarter would be if your lessee ends up having any relationship to anyone on the cemetery side,” he said. “That ain’t happening.” (“Oh yeah,” a second board member chimed in.) Locke brushed the comment aside with a quip about hoping to have FedEx as a tenant.

Four years and one pandemic later, Pinelawn’s plans have slowly advanced. The cemetery’s representatives shared preliminary documents with the planning department for the town of Babylon, and met with department representatives in January 2022. The plans called for transforming those 100 acres into “the region’s foremost Class-A business Park.” The development, with a budget projected to exceed $175 million, would include nine warehouses and office buildings, totaling 1.6 million square feet, and would be known as the Suffolk Technology Center. Todd McLay, chief financial officer of the developer, the Bristol Group, would not comment on the details of the lease, citing its proprietary status. But he confirmed that the project is actively in the works.

Before the town can consider a formal application, the state Cemetery Board must approve the use of any cemetery lands. The Division of Cemeteries told ProPublica it has received an application from Pinelawn and is reviewing it. It declined to estimate a timeline for a hearing and decision.

Pinelawn has always been strict about the appearance of anything on its grounds. Not only are tombstones barred, but so is anything that might obstruct the open vistas. Only fresh-cut flowers are permitted — nothing artificial — and they are removed at specified times to avoid the potential eyesore of wilted petals. But soon, if the plans proceed, a construction will rise — a rendering shared by Pinelawn suggests it will be around 30 feet tall — dominating the view from one part of the cemetery. The Lockes, it seems, will continue running Pinelawn and profiting from it. Meanwhile, Justin Locke’s son is 9, so there’s a fifth generation in his patrilineal line who could ascend to the helm.

Do You Have a Tip for ProPublica? Help Us Do Journalism.


This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Carson Kessler.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/25/the-leader-of-new-yorks-city-of-the-dead-cashes-in-again/feed/ 0 317939
‘In the Middle East, We Are Hearing a New Set of Excuses to Justify the Same Old Policy’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/29/in-the-middle-east-we-are-hearing-a-new-set-of-excuses-to-justify-the-same-old-policy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/29/in-the-middle-east-we-are-hearing-a-new-set-of-excuses-to-justify-the-same-old-policy/#respond Wed, 29 Jun 2022 22:10:01 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029249 "His visit will not help peace. It will not help human rights. It will not help US interests in the region."

The post ‘In the Middle East, We Are Hearing a New Set of Excuses to Justify the Same Old Policy’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Raed Jarrar about Joe Biden’s trip to Saudi Arabia  for the June 24, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin220624Koshgarian.mp3

 

NYT: Biden Has ‘Only Bad Options’ for Bringing Down Oil Prices

New York Times (6/5/22)

Janine Jackson: During the 2020 campaign, the New York Times explained, Joe Biden pledged, if elected, to stop coddling Saudi Arabia, after the brutal murder of a prominent dissident and Washington Post contributor, Jamal Khashoggi. “We are not going to, in fact, sell more weapons to them,” Biden said. “We’re going to, in fact, make them pay the price and make them, in fact, the pariah that they are.” 

When officials said Biden would visit the kingdom in July and meet with Mohammed bin Salman, understood as the architect of Khashoggi’s murder, the New York Times explained, “It was just the latest sign that oil has again regained its centrality in geopolitics.”

NPR said it tighter, telling listeners, “Biden has changed his tune on Saudi Arabia,” and “oil is a big part of the reason.” Vox had a long, twisty piece about the visit as a sign of “tensions” in Biden’s foreign policy. He wants policy to benefit the middle class, like trying to lower gas prices, but he wants policy to center human rights, a “reflection,” the outlet assures us, “of Biden’s gut feeling about democracies delivering better for people.”

Pity the earnest soul trying to make sense of US foreign policy by way of news media, always being asked to believe in values that are nowhere in evidence, principles that are overthrown at the first turn—and, above all, something called “realism,” that always seems to afflict the afflicted and comfort the comfortable. 

Vox: Biden distanced himself from Saudi Arabia — until gas prices got bad

Vox (6/21/22)

What would a humane, independent press corps be talking about when we talk about Biden’s upcoming visit to Saudi Arabia? We’re joined now by Raed Jarrar, advocacy director at DAWN, Democracy for the Arab World Now, an organization founded by Jamal Khashoggi. He joins us now by phone from Washington, DC. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Raed Jarrar

Raed Jarrar: Thank you for having me again. 

JJ: Jamal Khashoggi comes up in virtually every piece about this visit. Bloomberg‘s editors say that “Biden isn’t likely to elicit any public contrition, but Saudi leaders should at least guarantee that no similar atrocity will take place again.”

You get the impression from coverage that Saudi leadership did one bad thing, so maybe we should all just try to get past it. It’s very strange, but given an absence of information, that might be what many people will come away with. 

RJ: And that is a very misguided analysis, obviously. The Saudi government, and many other governments in the Middle East—Egypt, Israel, the United Arab Emirates and others—have been committing human rights abuses on a daily basis.

And the Biden administration made big, grand promises before President Biden came into office. But regardless of these promises, what the administration is doing now is that it is breaching US and international law by continuing to support and aid these abusive and apartheid governments in the Middle East. And, unfortunately, we are just hearing a new set of excuses to justify the same old policy. 

Raed Jarrar: “His visit will not help peace. It will not help human rights. It will not help US interests in the region.”

JJ: Well, yeah, because people are going to read stories saying this visit is a bad idea, or it’s a good idea, or it’s a bad thing but we have to do it…. What we’re not seeing is discussion of what might be the real purposes or the likely outcomes of this trip. And I wonder what you make of that, and of this sort of scramble to present it as a necessary reset in terms of US/Saudi policy. 

RJ: I wish there was a reset in US/Saudi policy. It is more or less the same for the last decade. The US policy in the Middle East in general has been on autopilot for decades, and many think tanks and human rights organizations in Washington, DC, have been pleading that this administration should change the status quo, and should rethink US foreign policy in the Middle East, whether it’s the $3.8 billion that we give to Israel every year, whether it’s the $1.3 billion that we give to Egypt every year, whether it’s the hundreds of billions of dollars of weapons sales to Saudi Arabia and Emirates.

These are entrenched practices and policies that have been taking place for a long time. They are so deeply rooted in Washington, DC, protected by special interests and lobbyists, and all of the reasons why DC is broken.

So the fact that the administration is continuing the exact same policy now…. The administration is telling us that it’s for our own good, or it’s for the realpolitik, just to be reasonable and realistic, that we have to go down the path of funding apartheid in Israel and selling weapons to Saudi Arabia and doing all of these crimes, supporting all of these crimes in the region.

It’s not true. That’s actually not true. The United States does have an option to stop these policies, shift our policies in the Middle East and elsewhere, and start abiding by our own law. We have existing US law that prohibit the United States from funding and aiding and selling weapons to human rights abusers.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                

We have other options when it comes to energy; we don’t have to actually have all presidents fly and shake the hand of the mastermind of the murder of Jamal Kashoggi to bring us oil. That’s not true. There are so many other options for energy independence. There are many other options for the reduction of use of energy in the US. There are options for getting other types of energy. There are options of getting oil from other places. 

These narratives that we’re dealing with now are fake narratives, lazy narratives to justify the status quo, because changing the status quo in DC is not easy. 

JJ: Absolutely. And part of what presents an obstacle is this kind of misinformation or even disinformation that comes from the media—and from politicians. I’m just looking at media credulously repeating Biden’s quote: “Look, I’m not gonna change my view on human rights. But as president of the United States, my job is to bring peace if I can…. And that’s what I’m going to try to do.” 

Going back to the Bloomberg editors, they say, “Healthy US/Saudi ties are critical to calming a volatile part of the world.” So I think even well-meaning folks are reading that and thinking, “Okay, well, shaking hands with someone, if that’s going to calm volatility, and if that’s going to bring peace, well, then I’m for that.”

Bloomberg (6/21/22)

And yet distinguishing that from actual diplomacy is something else again. 

RJ: That’s right. And listen, I grew up in the Arab world. I am half Palestinian and half Iraqi. I grew up in different parts of the Arab world, in Iraq and Jordan and Saudi Arabia and other countries. And I’m very familiar with the narrative of trying to use Israel/Palestine, and peace for Israel/Palestine, as a justification to continue abusive government policy. 

This is how we grew up. Saddam Hussein always told us that we have to not criticize the Iraqi government, because he’s working to bring peace and end the occupation of Palestine, right? Assad says the same and Mubarak said the same, and all of these other dictators.

And now we are hearing, ironically, a similar narrative coming from the United States. So President Biden is telling us that to bring “peace” to Israel/Palestine, he needs to travel to the region and normalize relationships with dictators, normalize relationships with apartheid regimes. That is not true.

The United States’ role in Israel/Palestine is a part of the problem, and there is no war between Saudi Arabia and Israel that President Biden has to go there and negotiate an end or peace treaty for. What President Biden is doing is, he’s continuing a negative US role in the region, a negative US role that has contributed, along with apartheid Israel, to additional human rights abuse in Saudi Arabia.

And his visit will not help peace. It will not help human rights. It will not help US interests in the region. It will help maintain the very narrowly defined special interests that we have here in Washington, DC, whether they are the oil lobbyists or the weapon lobbyists or Israel lobbyists or Saudi Arabia lobbyists, the very, very narrowly defined interests that come from very, very, very small groups. Those are the people who are benefiting from this. 

The United States as a country is not, the US people are not, and people in the Middle East region are not. 

JJ: Let me just ask you, finally: While many in elite media are trying to hurry us past the murder of Jamal Khashoggi, and see that as something to put behind us in order to move forward, lots of folks are not supporting that and, in fact, have put in place, a symbol to say that this is not something we’re going to forget. Let me just ask you to end with that street renaming in DC, which I understand is in front of the Saudi embassy. Is that right? 

Khashoggi Way, street sign in front of the Saudi Arabian embassy

(CC photo: Joe Flood)

RJ: That is right. Last week, we finally officially changed the name of the street outside of the Saudi embassy to Jamal Khashoggi Way.

We placed official street signs, after the DC council voted to change the name of the street, and after the DC Department of Transportation worked with us to unveil these signs. We have four signs right outside of the Saudi embassy. One of them is immediately outside the door of the embassy. So everyone who’s going to the embassy will see that. 

But not only this, if you look at Google Maps today, at the Saudi embassy in Washington, DC, the name of the streets right outside that has been changed also on Google Maps to Jamal Kashoggi Way. And this is a daily reminder to anyone who is going to the embassy, whether they work there or visiting, that Jamal Kashoggi has not been forgotten, and we will continue to fight for justice for Jamal.

We will also try to work on other streets around the United States, around the US consulates, maybe in Los Angeles and Boston and New York, to also change the names of the streets there to Jamal Kashoggi Way, so that will serve as a permanent reminder to everyone who passes there every day about the crime that took place in 2018.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Raed Jarrar, advocacy director at DAWN, Democracy for the Arab World Now. They are online at DAWNMENA.org. Raed Jarrar, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin

RJ: Thanks again for having me.

The post ‘In the Middle East, We Are Hearing a New Set of Excuses to Justify the Same Old Policy’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/29/in-the-middle-east-we-are-hearing-a-new-set-of-excuses-to-justify-the-same-old-policy/feed/ 0 311542
“In Search of Anselmo” and Soledad Barrett’s pregnancy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/16/in-search-of-anselmo-and-soledad-barretts-pregnancy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/16/in-search-of-anselmo-and-soledad-barretts-pregnancy/#respond Mon, 16 May 2022 08:02:05 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=243284

Now available on HBO Max is the series “In search of Anselmo” in its entirety of five episodes. In it, the face of Corporal Anselmo as a paid assassin by the Brazilian dictatorship is proven with images, words, and documents. For the first time, a cinematographic investigation and reportage work is done without falling into the cunning game of the bandit Anselmo, who always deceived journalists when being interviewed. The series directed by documentary maker Carlos Alberto Jr. is worthy to be known by all as a history of the Brazilian dictatorship in images.

And for the portrayal of Corporal Anselmo, the connection with his companion, the brave Soledad Barrett, whom he delivered to his death in the dictatorship, is inescapable. I had the honor of writing the pioneering book about this crime in my novel “Soledad in Recife”, and later, more broadly, in my novel “The Longest Duration of Youth”, where she and Anselmo appear as people with their real names, alongside others like Jarbas Marques, one of the character models for the book. Jarbas was one of the six people killed in the Granja São Bento massacre.

In the series, in the fourth and fifth episodes we see the rare images of the testimony of the lawyer Mércia Albuquerque, images never seen by the general public, in her statement-accusation at the Secretariat of Justice of Pernambuco. In the fourth episode, when I saw her again in her role as a brave woman, I got up from the sofa and shouted, because it was irrepressible: “Beautiful! But her beauty didn’t come from the aesthetics of her face. It came from her heroic act that elevated her forever in everyone’s hearts. Because there is a beauty that is not physical, it is a moral quality, just as we see the female soldiers of the Red Army, just as we see that wonderful soldier who puts the communist flag on top of the Nazi building at the end of the war. Just as beautiful is Cervantes, toothless and one-armed, as he builds the greatest novel of all the centuries. Beautiful, I said it there and I repeat it here: Mercia was more than beautiful, because her gestures and actions were beautiful.

In this last episode of “In search of Anselmo”, the filmmaker Carlos Alberto Jr. manages to make an episode so well realized with an artistic eye on infamy that the episode stands out as an autonomous film. In it, since the beginning of this fifth denunciation, we are shocked in front of an Anselmo at ease in a farm, calm, happy, vain like a good son of pure, pure villainy. The murderer displays himself as a kind man, that kind of a good citizen. It could be said of the scene: he killed the bravery of patriots and went to paradise. Later on, next to his statement in a serene voice, we see former policemen, at Fleury’s funeral, saying that Anselmo, in fact, gave courses to them, trained them, that Anselmo was a wise man of the dictatorship’s pedagogy. Cut to the deposition and the infamy continues: now Anselmo tells that he gave lectures to fascist officers in Chile, as a professional, that he was well paid! And he adds with an air of mockery: I could really use some more of that kind of money.

To conclude on his lies against the left and for his work of infiltration and delivery of militants: “I did a good job”. As if to say: I was perfect.

But there is another moment in the episode that I must highlight. It is when Ñasaindy, Soledad Barrett’s only daughter, is interviewed at the time of the year 2017. When answering a question about Soledad’s pregnancy, which Jorge Barrett (her uncle) denies, she leaves open. She does not question the existence of the testimony of the lawyer Mércia Albuquerque. Ñasaindu even disagrees with Jorge, Soledad’s brother, without mentioning him, by saying that the pregnant woman’s body does not always change to the extent that other people notice at first. And Soledad might not have told Jorge about her pregnancy. But at this point, Soledad Barrett’s pregnancy can no longer be doubted, because I recover unquestionable testimonies below.

Read the words of Genivalda Silva, widow of José Manoel, one of those executed for the denunciation of Corporal Anselmo in the Granja São Bento slaughter. At the Dom Helder Câmara State Commission of Memory and Truth, she declared:

“A few months before they killed José Manoel. Then Soledad was pregnant and Anselmo asked me if I knew someone to do an abortion in Soledad. This I tell you from the bottom of my heart, I’m not lying or making false statements to Anselmo. And I told him: ‘Anselmo’, that I didn’t even know that she was his wife, I said ‘look, never, if I knew I would tell you someone to do an abortion because only who has to take the life of a human being is Jesus, and nobody else. That is why I don’t teach you. And he left with José Manoel, with my husband, with Zezinho, and Soledad stayed two days with me in my house. But she was like that, a very calm person, she spoke a language that I didn’t understand much, until I liked her way, but she was like that in her corner. I prepared lunch and she ate, I prepared dinner and she ate, but she was such a person that she didn’t open her mouth to me to comment on anything. There was only one thing that I asked her:

‘Do you really want to lose your child? She shook her head, said ‘no’, and the tears came down.

In the same direction that confirms Soledad Barrett’s pregnancy, the militant from Pernambuco, named Karl Marx, spoke these words in the Dom Helder Câmara State Commission of Memory and Truth:

“Whenever we were talking to her husband, her pseudomarido, pseudocompanion, who was Daniel, whenever he was talking to us, she was with my mother and my sister-in-law there in the kitchen. And my sister-in-law found out that she was pregnant… That’s when she said she was pregnant. I know this for sure. She was pregnant.

To the public testimonies above, the word of Nadejda Marques, only daughter of Jarbas Marques, one of the six socialist militants killed in Recife, is added most eloquently. Today, Nadejda Marques holds a PhD in Human Rights and Development. In the days of Carnival 2018, I talked with her.  And I could see what I did not want, nor imagined. Here is summarized, in the limits allowed, her statement:

“Soledad complained about pregnancy to my mother. Both my mother and my grandmother saw the couple, more than once. For example, on one date, Soledad was nauseous and was vomiting because of her pregnancy. My mother, aunt, Soledad and Pauline were present.

My mother told me that she and Soledad went to the beach together, that Soledad seemed happy about her pregnancy, that she was beautiful and elegant. Soledad Barrett presented me with a little baby outfit. She was a sweet and kind person.

Now comes the cruelty that memory does not bury:

“My grandmother Rosália, Jarbas Marques’ mother, managed to enter the morgue with Mércia. Dona Rosália, among the various jobs she had, was also a nurse. She knew Soledad’s person. My grandmother always told what she saw in that fateful January 1973. My father, with torture marks all over his body, had strangulation marks on his neck and water in his lungs consistent with the result of torture by drowning. The shots in the chest and head were given after his death. Soledad’s body, still bloodied, had the remains of a placenta and a fetus in a makeshift bucket.

In short, so many wanted to discredit the lawyer Mércia Albuquerque’s denunciation, but in the end history proves her right and proves what she once said: “Soledad had her eyes wide open, with a very big expression of terror. I was horrified. As Soledad was standing with her arms at her side, I took off my petticoat and put it around her neck. What impressed me most was the blood clotted in large amounts. I have the impression that she was killed and laid down, and they brought her in afterwards, and the blood, when it clotted, got stuck in her legs, because it was such a large amount. The fetus was there on her feet. I can’t know how it got there, or if it was right there in the morgue that it fell, that it was born, in that horror.”

Regarding Soledad Barrett, the story is still rolling the dice.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Urariano Mota.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/16/in-search-of-anselmo-and-soledad-barretts-pregnancy/feed/ 0 299041
Corporal Anselmo in the Series “In Search of Anselmo” https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/25/corporal-anselmo-in-the-series-in-search-of-anselmo/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/25/corporal-anselmo-in-the-series-in-search-of-anselmo/#respond Mon, 25 Apr 2022 08:14:39 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=240722 To write this article, I watched today the series “In search of Anselmo”. At the moment, only the first two episodes can be seen on HBO Max, in a set of five, one per week. Therefore, what I write now has a provisional character. I immediately point out that the documentary maker Carlos Alberto Jr. More

The post Corporal Anselmo in the Series “In Search of Anselmo” appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Urariano Mota.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/25/corporal-anselmo-in-the-series-in-search-of-anselmo/feed/ 0 293271
Social Media Giants’ Climate Misinformation Policies Leave Users ‘In the Dark’: Report https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/21/social-media-giants-climate-misinformation-policies-leave-users-in-the-dark-report/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/21/social-media-giants-climate-misinformation-policies-leave-users-in-the-dark-report/#respond Thu, 21 Apr 2022 14:13:11 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/336312

Weeks after the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change identified disinformation as a key driver of the planetary crisis, three advocacy groups published a report Wednesday ranking social media companies on their efforts to ensure users can get accurate data about the climate on their platforms—and found that major companies like Twitter and Facebook are failing to combat misinformation.

The report, titled In the Dark: How Social Media Companies' Climate Disinformation Problem is Hidden from the Public and released by Friends of the Earth (FOE), Greenpeace, and online activist network Avaaz, detailed whether the companies have met 27 different benchmarks to stop the spread of anti-science misinformation and ensure transparency about how inaccurate data is analyzed.

"Despite half of U.S. and U.K. adults getting their news from social media, social media companies have not taken the steps necessary to fight industry-backed deception," reads the report. "In fact, they continue to allow these climate lies to pollute users' feeds."

The groups assessed five major social media platforms—Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, Pinterest, and TikTok—and found that the two best-performing companies, Pinterest and YouTube, scored 14 out of the 27 possible points.

As Common Dreams reported earlier this month, Pinterest has won praise from groups including FOE for establishing "clearly defined guidelines against false or misleading climate change information, including conspiracy theories, across content and ads."

"One of the key objectives of this report is to allow for fact-based deliberation, discussion, and debate to flourish in an information ecosystem that is healthy and fair, and that allows both citizens and policymakers to make decisions based on the best available data."

The company also garnered points in Wednesday's report for being the only major social media platform to make clear the average time or views it allows for a piece of scientifically inaccurate content before it will take action to combat the misinformation and including "omission or cherry-picking" of data in its definition of mis- or disinformation.

Pinterest and YouTube were the only companies that won points for consulting with climate scientists to develop a climate mis- and disinformation policy.

The top-performing companies, however, joined the other firms in failing to articulate exactly how their misinformation policy is enforced and to detail how climate misinformation is prioritized for fact-checking.

"Social media companies are largely leaving the public in the dark about their efforts to combat the problem," the report reads. "There is a gross lack of transparency, as these companies conceal much of the data about the prevalence of digital climate dis/misinformation and any internal measures taken to address its spread."

Twitter was the worst-performing company, meeting only five of the 27 criteria.

"Twitter is not clear about how content is verified as dis/misinformation, nor explicit about engaging with climate experts to review dis/misinformation policies or flagged content," reads the report. "Twitter's total lack of reference to climate dis/misinformation, both in their policies and throughout their enforcement reports, earned them no points in either category."

TikTok scored seven points, while Facebook garnered nine.

The report, using criteria developed by the Climate Disinformation Coalition, was released three weeks after NPR reported that inaccurate information about renewable energy sources has been disseminated widely in Facebook groups, and the spread has been linked to slowing progress on or shutting down local projects.

In rural Ohio, posts in two anti-wind power Facebook groups spread misinformation about wind turbines causing birth defects in horses, failing to reduce carbon emissions, and causing so-called "wind turbine syndrome" from low-frequency sounds—a supposed ailment that is not backed by scientific evidence. The posts increased "perceptions of human health and public safety risks related to wind" power, according to a study published last October in the journal Energy Research & Social Science.

As those false perceptions spread through the local community, NPR reported, the Ohio Power Siting Board rejected a wind farm proposal "citing geological concerns and the local opposition."

Misinformation on social media "can really slow down the clean energy transition, and that has just as dire life and death consequences, not just in terms of climate change, but also in terms of air pollution, which overwhelmingly hits communities of color," University of California, Santa Barbara professor Leah Stokes told NPR.

As the IPCC reported in its February report, "rhetoric and misinformation on climate change and the deliberate undermining of science have contributed to misperceptions of the scientific consensus, uncertainty, disregarded risk and urgency, and dissent."

Wednesday's report called on all social media companies to:

  • Establish, disclose, and enforce policies to reduce climate change dis- and misinformation;
  • Release in full the company's current labeling, fact-checking, policy review, and algorithmic ranking systems related to climate change disinformation policies;
  • Disclose weekly reports on the scale and prevalence of climate change dis- and misinformation on the platform and mitigation efforts taken internally; and
  • Adopt privacy and data protection policies to protect individuals and communities who may be climate dis/misinformation targets.

"One of the key objectives of this report is to allow for fact-based deliberation, discussion, and debate to flourish in an information ecosystem that is healthy and fair, and that allows both citizens and policymakers to make decisions based on the best available data," reads the report.

"We see a clear boundary between freedom of speech and freedom of reach," it continues, "and believe that transparency on climate dis/misinformation and accountability for the actors who spread it is a precondition for a robust and constructive debate on climate change and the response to the climate crisis."


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Julia Conley.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/21/social-media-giants-climate-misinformation-policies-leave-users-in-the-dark-report/feed/ 0 292547
‘He’s Cashing In’: Kushner Firm Gets $2 Billion From Saudi Fund Run by MbS https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/11/hes-cashing-in-kushner-firm-gets-2-billion-from-saudi-fund-run-by-mbs/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/11/hes-cashing-in-kushner-firm-gets-2-billion-from-saudi-fund-run-by-mbs/#respond Mon, 11 Apr 2022 13:44:23 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/336057

A private equity firm created by former White House adviser and Trump son-in-law Jared Kushner has reportedly secured a $2 billion investment from a sovereign wealth fund directed by Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman, a deal that watchdog groups and lawmakers viewed as part of Kushner's effort to cash in on his favorable treatment of the brutal Saudi regime.

"Just because the breathtaking corruption occurs in public doesn't make it not breathtaking."

The New York Times reported Sunday that Kushner's new firm, Affinity Partners, netted the investment six months after the end of the Trump administration "despite objections from the [Saudi] fund's advisers about the merits of the deal," heightening suspicions that the money is payback for Kushner's defense of bin Salman in the wake of the gruesome 2018 murder of Jamal Khashoggi.

The United Nations and U.S. intelligence agencies have concluded that bin Salman, the de facto leader of Saudi Arabia, likely approved the Khashoggi assassination.

"As a top aide to Donald Trump, Jared Kushner spent years building ties and currying favor with Saudi Arabia," said Noah Bookbinder, the president of Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington, in response to the Times story. "It's no surprise that an investment fund tied to the Saudi crown prince invested billions in Kushner's fund even though advisers raised objections."

Journalist Judd Legum added on Twitter, "Let's be very clear: Jared Kushner used his position in the White House to advance Saudi interests, including making sure Saudi wouldn't be held accountable for the brutal murder of a U.S.-based journalist."

"And now he's cashing in," Legum wrote.

According to the Times, the objections raised by the Saudi fund's advisory panel "included: 'the inexperience of the Affinity Fund management'; the possibility that the kingdom would be responsible for 'the bulk of the investment and risk'; due diligence on the fledgling firm's operations that found them 'unsatisfactory in all aspects'; a proposed asset management fee that 'seems excessive'; and 'public relations risks' from Mr. Kushner's prior role as a senior adviser to his father-in-law."

But days after the panel outlined its concerns, the full board of the $620-billion fund—which the Times notes is "led" by bin Salman—dismissed them and signed off on the investment in Kushner's firm.

The Times also revealed that Kushner was not the only official from Trump's White House to receive Saudi money after the former president was voted out of office in 2020. Former Treasury Secretary Steve Mnuchin's new private equity firm  Liberty Strategic Capital has received $1 billion from the same Saudi fund that invested in Kushner's outfit.

"The Saudi fund agreed to invest twice as much and on more generous terms with Mr. Kushner than it did at about the same time with former Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin... even though Mr. Mnuchin had a record as a successful investor before entering government."

Despite public outcry over the regime's continued human rights abuses, a spokesperson for Kushner's firm told the Times that it is "proud" to have the Saudi fund as an investor. Affinity's latest public filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission show that the firm's primary fund has $2.5 billion under management, the bulk of which appears to be from Saudi Arabia.

The Times report, which came as Trump is gearing up for another presidential bid in 2024, drew the attention of at least one U.S. senator.

"Just because the breathtaking corruption occurs in public doesn't make it not breathtaking," tweeted Sen. Chris Murphy (D-Conn.), a member of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/11/hes-cashing-in-kushner-firm-gets-2-billion-from-saudi-fund-run-by-mbs/feed/ 0 289751
Despite Oceans ‘In Crisis,’ Global Treaty Talks Falter https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/despite-oceans-in-crisis-global-treaty-talks-falter/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/despite-oceans-in-crisis-global-treaty-talks-falter/#respond Tue, 22 Mar 2022 13:56:37 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/335552

In the wake of collapsed U.N.-backed talks, ocean defenders this week are urging global governments to reach a robust treaty by year's end to safeguard the world's high seas from exploitation and the climate crisis.

"The high seas occupy almost half of the globe and we are watching biodiversity being threatened and lost right in front of our eyes."

"Government promises to protect at least a third of the world's oceans by 2030 are already coming off the rails," Will McCallum of Greenpeace's Protect the Oceans campaign said in a statement Monday.

A failure to reach a Global Ocean Treaty in 2022 would mean "no way to create ocean sanctuaries in international waters to allow them to achieve that 30×30 goal," he said. "This treaty is crucial because all of us rely on the oceans: from the oxygen they give to the livelihoods and food security they provide."

The comments came after a fourth round of talks—previously delayed because of Covid-19—ended Friday in New York without a binding agreement.

McCallum decried "the glacial pace" of the U.N. talks and said "the lack of agreement on a number of key issues just doesn’t reflect the urgency of the situation"

"Climate breakdown is transforming our oceans," he continued. "Wildlife populations are declining. And as industrial fishing empties the seas of life, coastal communities around the world are seeing their livelihoods and food security threatened. These aren't hypotheticals, our oceans are in crisis right now and in dire need of a rescue plan."

Several issues were on the table during the negotiations on the Biodiversity Beyond National Jurisdiction (BBNJ) treaty, as Mongabay reported:

Delegates from the 193 U.N. member states attended the recent talks, trying to iron out kinks across four key areas: equitably sharing of marine genetic resources (MGRs); implementing area-based management tools like marine protected areas (MPAs); setting standards for environmental impact assessments for activities on the high seas; and assisting developing countries to effectively meet treaty objectives by sharing knowledge and marine technology with them.

"Frankly, they ran out of time," Liz Karan, project director of the high seas conservation program at Washington, D.C.-based public policy group Pew Charitable Trusts, told Mongabay. "There was no one issue that prevented final agreement, but rather the pace of negotiations was slow and not all the draft text was even able to be discussed."

"Poorer countries fear they will be sidelined as wealthier nations scour the seas for the next wonder ingredients for the pharmaceutical, chemical, or cosmetic industries, and lock up the spoils in trademarks and patents," AFP additionally noted.

Representing about 64% of the ocean’s surface, the high seas, a global commons, are not covered by any single nation's jurisdiction and are sometimes referred to as a "Wild Wild West"—thus the need for an international mechanism to protect the marine biodiversity worldwide. As Bloomberg reported Friday:

The U.N. Convention on the Law of the Sea sets rules for shipping, seabed mining, and other activities in international waters.

But the word "biodiversity" does not appear in the 1982 treaty. While it promotes the protection of the marine environment, it provides no mechanism to assess the environmental impact on marine life of industrial fishing and other exploitative activities that were not envisioned when the agreement was negotiated.

Carolina Hazin, marine policy coordinator for BirdLife International who was at the two-week U.N. talks, called the treaty "the missing link for effective conservation of marine biodiversity" and likened the current governance gap to a "jigsaw puzzle where you just have the outer pieces of the board, but none to fill in the middle."

"The high seas occupy almost half of the globe and we are watching biodiversity being threatened and lost right in front of our eyes," she said. "They are responsible for the future and fate of this blue planet, Earth."

Peggy Kalas, director of the High Seas Alliance—a partnership of over 40 organizations as well as the International Union for the Conservation of Nature—said that many governments arrived at the talks "with a renewed sense of urgency" following the delay cajused by the pandemic. However, she added, "we have not reached the treaty goal yet. All efforts must be devoted in the coming months to secure this long-awaited treaty in 2022."

Greenpeace's McCallum echoed that urgency.

"A further round of ocean negotiations later this year can't afford to be a talking shop," he said. "To overcome the lack of consensus on key issues in the treaty, ministers and heads of state need to be proactively and consistently meeting to map out how they can successfully negotiate the treaty our oceans desperately need in 2022."

"Anything less," said McCallum, "is a failure."


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Andrea Germanos.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/despite-oceans-in-crisis-global-treaty-talks-falter/feed/ 0 284014
Moscow Says Attack Will End ‘In a Moment’ If Ukraine Agrees to Demands https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/07/moscow-says-attack-will-end-in-a-moment-if-ukraine-agrees-to-demands/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/07/moscow-says-attack-will-end-in-a-moment-if-ukraine-agrees-to-demands/#respond Mon, 07 Mar 2022 14:27:52 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/335120
This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/07/moscow-says-attack-will-end-in-a-moment-if-ukraine-agrees-to-demands/feed/ 0 279779
The White House excluded race from its environmental justice tool. We put it back in. https://grist.org/equity/climate-and-economic-justice-screening-tool-race/ https://grist.org/equity/climate-and-economic-justice-screening-tool-race/#respond Thu, 24 Feb 2022 11:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=561905 Last week, the White House released a beta version of a tool intended to govern the implementation of its much-publicized “Justice40” program. Justice40 promises that at least 40 percent of the benefits of government spending on infrastructure, clean energy, and other climate-related programs will be directed to disadvantaged communities. The Climate and Economic Justice Screening Tool, or CEJST, is meant to address the thorny question of which communities, exactly, are flagged as “disadvantaged.” 

More than a year in the making, the tool considers 21 different climate, environmental, health, and economic indicators. To be considered disadvantaged, typically a community must be above the 65th percentile in terms of the proportion of its population that is low income, and it must also be in the 90th percentile or above in one of the environmental or health indices.

Conspicuously absent from the tool’s slate of indicators is race, despite its strong and well-documented correlation with environmental burdens. The Biden administration has come under fire from environmental justice advocates for excluding racial demographics, though officials say the tool is designed in such a way that it can still prioritize communities of color (and do so without becoming a target for legal challenges).

A Grist analysis suggests that there is strong evidence behind the administration’s reassurances: The tool appears to implicitly account for race in its selection of disadvantaged communities. A breakdown of all U.S. census tracts shows that, as the number of non-white residents in a tract increases, a tract becomes more likely to be considered disadvantaged by the White House tool. That’s because many of the criteria that the tool uses — proximity to hazardous facilities, linguistic isolation, and proximity to traffic, among others — are effectively functioning as proxies for race.

Grist / Clayton Aldern

In other words, the tool confirms what environmental justice advocates have long argued: Race is one of the most potent predictors of pollution burdens. By prioritizing communities with the greatest pollution burdens, it has automatically prioritized communities of color as well.

“The tool they came up with is highly correlated with race,” said Manuel Pastor, the director of the Equity Research Institute at the University of Southern California. Pastor reviewed Grist’s findings and said the analysis illustrated “the unfortunate truth that there are significant environmental racial disparities in the United States.”

“Without question, race and racism are factors that have contributed to where pollution has been concentrated in this country,” a spokesperson for the White House Council on Environmental Quality said. “The environmental and socioeconomic data we are using in the tool helps show which communities are shouldering a disproportionate share of environmental burdens and climate risks.” The tool will be “continuously updated and refined based on feedback and research,” the spokesperson said.

There are approximately 73,000 census tracts in the country, and the tool flags almost a third of them as disadvantaged. While tracts with a higher percentage of non-white residents are more likely to be flagged by the tool, the system also flags about 3,500 tracts where 20 percent or fewer residents identify as non-white. Likewise, the tool leaves out more than 2,200 tracts where 80 percent or more of the population identify as non-white.

Grist / Clayton Aldern

The White House’s race-neutral approach is modeled after a similar approach taken by the state of California. Constrained by a ballot initiative that eliminated affirmative action in state funding, California developed an environmental justice screening tool that does not consider race or ethnicity outright. However, an analysis of the tool’s impact found that it ultimately did closely align with racial demographics and was effectively used to funnel money toward communities of color.

“Ideally, race should be a factor,” said Alvaro Sanchez, the vice president of policy at the Greenlining Institute, an environmental justice nonprofit based in Oakland, California. (Sanchez was a 2019 Grist Fixer.) Nevertheless, Sanchez said that California’s experience showed that “with the right methodology, you’re able to still identify those communities that are most in need, even if you’re not able to use race.”

There are significant differences between the White House’s new tool and California’s. For one, the White House tool does not consider the cumulative effects of various environmental, health, and socioeconomic burdens — how they might combine to create a greater burden than each indicator alone might suggest. Instead, the tool assesses eight categories in isolation. All eight categories use a combination of an income metric and other environmental, health, and climate metrics. If a community meets both the income and other threshold in any one of the eight categories, then it is considered disadvantaged.

For instance, the tool considers a tract low income if it’s above the 65th percentile in the income criteria. A tract is identified as having a high health burden if it is at or above the 90th percentile for asthma, diabetes, heart disease, or low life expectancy. Pastor described these thresholds as “arbitrary.”

Such thresholds can lead to certain communities not making the cut despite being barely distinguishable from their disadvantaged neighbors. Take census tract 6603 near Bunker Hill in San Bernardino County, California. The tract is not considered disadvantaged by the new federal tool but is surrounded on all sides by tracts that are. About 6,000 people live within the tract’s boundaries, and 83 percent of the residents identify as people of color. The tract scores in the 96th percentile for minute particulate matter in the air and the 91st percentile for exposure to diesel particulate matter. It also has a number of hazardous facilities within 5 kilometers. But the tool does not flag it as disadvantaged because the community is in the 62nd percentile for the low income metric. The tool’s cutoff is 65th percentile and above. 

A neighboring tract, which has a similar environmental burden, was flagged by the tool. It landed in the 68th percentile for low income, which pushed the tract across the cutoff line set by the tool.

Grist / Clayton Aldern

Sanchez said that when California was developing its screening tool, it ran into a similar issue: Some census tracts were surrounded by disadvantaged tracts but weren’t being flagged as disadvantaged by the tool, despite suffering from similar issues on the ground. (After all, air pollution does not respect census tract boundaries.) The state addressed the issue by adding a rule that a percentage of the funding had to be used in low-income census tracts that are within a half-mile radius of a disadvantaged community.

Both Pastor and Sanchez emphasized the need for more community engagement as the White House moves to finalize the tool in the coming months. California held meetings to solicit feedback from residents, and community members were “part of a messy process of creating the methodology,” said Pastor. As a result, the tool had extensive buy-in when it was finalized. Once it was launched, the state agencies responsible for the tool also held webinars to walk people through the tool, did tours around California, and held a number of meetings.

Sanchez said California’s approach was “very different” from the White House’s process. ​​“Unfortunately, the White House tool is a lot less inclusive and transparent, and it’s leaving a lot of question marks,” he said.

To promote transparency while it was designing the tool, the White House set up an online community that is open to anyone who wants to discuss various approaches to building the tool. A number of software developers, environmental justice advocates, scientists, and staff from federal agencies have joined regular calls and contributed code over the past year as the tool was being built. As the tool was taking shape, the code powering it was routinely published on GitHub, a public code-hosting platform.

The website for the tool also provides avenues for giving feedback, and a notice has been published in the Federal Register requesting public comment on the tool by April 25. A spokesperson for the White House said that reviewing feedback on the tool is “a key part of the process” and that they welcome feedback in the coming days. “The goal is to improve the accuracy of the tool in capturing the most overburdened and underserved communities in America,” they said.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The White House excluded race from its environmental justice tool. We put it back in. on Feb 24, 2022.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Naveena Sadasivam.

]]>
https://grist.org/equity/climate-and-economic-justice-screening-tool-race/feed/ 0 276464
Biden and Putin Agree ‘In Principle’ to Ukraine Summit Amid Fears of War https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/21/biden-and-putin-agree-in-principle-to-ukraine-summit-amid-fears-of-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/21/biden-and-putin-agree-in-principle-to-ukraine-summit-amid-fears-of-war/#respond Mon, 21 Feb 2022 09:54:00 +0000 /node/334740
This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/21/biden-and-putin-agree-in-principle-to-ukraine-summit-amid-fears-of-war/feed/ 0 275574
“Put the Blood Back In”: Martín Espada on Poetry, Book Banning, and Radical Politics https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/20/put-the-blood-back-in-martin-espada-on-poetry-book-banning-and-radical-politics/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/20/put-the-blood-back-in-martin-espada-on-poetry-book-banning-and-radical-politics/#respond Sun, 20 Feb 2022 09:57:58 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=234604

Image by Freddy Kearney.

“If the language of power – medicalese, legalese, bureaucratese, corporatese – drains the blood from words,” poet, essayist, and translator, Martín Espada, said when I interviewed him, “Poets can put the blood back in the words.” Our conversation took place merely weeks after Espada won the National Book Award for his latest collection of poetry, Floaters.

There are few living artists who can better execute the magic of simultaneously dissecting and enlarging language than Espada. A former tenant lawyer and committed activist, the “left wing, Puerto Rican poet,” to quote his self-identification, manages to hover between two planes, with one foot always in the territory of the imagination, and another firmly dug into the mud of politics, oppression and defiance, and history. The imagination, especially with an orientation toward hope, as Espada would have it, performs the essential service that his late friend, Howard Zinn, described with characteristic eloquence on the closing page of his memoir, “If we see only the worst, it destroys our capacity to do something. If we remember those times and places – and there are so many – where people have behaved magnificently, this gives us the energy to act, and at least the possibility of sending this spinning top of a world in a different direction.”

To read this article, log in here or subscribe here.

In order to read CP+ articles, your web browser must be set to accept cookies.

More

The post “Put the Blood Back In”: Martín Espada on Poetry, Book Banning, and Radical Politics appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by David Masciotra.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/20/put-the-blood-back-in-martin-espada-on-poetry-book-banning-and-radical-politics/feed/ 0 275386
Utility monopolies are hurting rooftop solar. Can antitrust lawsuits rein them in? https://grist.org/energy/utility-monopolies-are-hurting-rooftop-solar-can-antitrust-lawsuits-rein-them-in/ https://grist.org/energy/utility-monopolies-are-hurting-rooftop-solar-can-antitrust-lawsuits-rein-them-in/#respond Fri, 18 Feb 2022 11:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=561430 In 2015, the rooftop solar industry in Maricopa County, Arizona, dried up almost overnight. That year, the Salt River Project, or SRP, a state-owned electric utility that serves about 2 million customers in the Phoenix metropolitan area, set new rates for rooftop solar owners. Suddenly, generating your own electricity from the sun was expected to cost you $600 more per year on your electric bill than it had the year before. At that rate, paying off the panels could take twice as long.

For anyone following the current battle over rooftop solar in California, the rationale for the change will sound familiar. As more of SRP’s customers started generating their own electricity with rooftop solar, the utility’s revenue declined. It claimed that as a result, the cost of maintaining the electric grid would be shifted onto non-solar customers. 

But SRP’s solution of raising rates for solar customers led rooftop solar installations to drop by up to 95 percent between 2014 and 2015. Solar companies, as well as everyday people with an interest in rooftop solar, were outraged. In 2019, a group of citizens decided to take SRP to court for “engaging in anticompetitive conduct” and discriminating against solar customers. 

A federal district court dismissed the case, finding that the plaintiffs did not prove that they had suffered antitrust injury. But earlier this month, the 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals rejected that finding and remanded the case back to the lower court. Perhaps more importantly, the 9th Circuit confirmed that SRP is not immune to antitrust challenges.

Jean Su, a senior attorney at the Center for Biological Diversity, believes the case could crack open the door to using antitrust law to rein in widespread attacks on clean energy by utilities around the country. “The original intention of antitrust law was to question when corporations got too big and when they had disproportionate influence over the government and over politicians,” she said, “and I think that’s what we are seeing right now.”

Why utilities are typically protected from antitrust

Utilities have long been considered to be protected against antitrust laws. In most of the U.S., electricity is delivered by private companies that are granted monopoly control over a given area in exchange for providing reliable power to everyone who wants it at the lowest cost. This setup emerged in the early 20th century to serve the public interest by allowing electricity companies to achieve economies of scale and rapidly expand access to electricity. 

There are some checks and balances built into the system. Private utilities are typically regulated by state commissions that are supposed to ensure that their service is adequate and their rates are “just and reasonable.” About 28 percent of Americans are served by publicly owned power companies managed by city-appointed officials or democratically elected boards. But these checks aren’t designed to take climate goals into account. On top of that, regulatory capture is common, with investor-owned utilities using dark money to get industry-friendly voices on state commissions and in public office. 

With regulatory and legislative support, some utilities have been suppressing competition from the solar industry for years. The largest electric utility in Alabama has been charging rooftop solar customers a $20 to $32 monthly fee since 2013. Just last week, a Michigan utility proposed charging solar customers fees that could amount to $100 or more per month. Several states have caps on how many rooftop solar systems can qualify for net-metering, the accounting system that allows customers to earn credits on their bills for the electricity they produce and don’t use. In many states, utilities have lobbied legislatures to weaken or end net-metering

Joe Smyth, a researcher at the utility watchdog organization the Energy and Policy Institute, told Grist that these tactics are not limited to investor-owned utilities, naming cooperatively owned companies in Tennessee, Kentucky, Colorado, and New Mexico that have proposed fees for customers who add rooftop solar. He added that many public utilities are exempt from state policies that mandate net-metering.

To Su, the whole premise of granting monopoly power to a utility is undermined by the climate crisis. “One hundred years ago, it was a democratization of electricity,” she said. “Fast forward 100 years later: If you have utilities who are actually hurting the public interest when they attack clean energy alternatives, is this system working anymore?”

The court’s findings

The 9th Circuit’s decision rested on two main findings. First, SRP tried to argue that it is protected by the “filed-rate doctrine,” which says that if a company has filed its rates with a regulator who finds them to be just and reasonable, it can’t be sued by customers for violating antitrust law. However, as a state-owned entity, SRP does not file rates anywhere except with its own board. That’s the case for many public utilities, but SRP’s board isn’t even democratically elected: Due to a historical quirk, the only people who get to vote in SRP board elections are customers who own land, and their votes are weighted by how much land they own. SRP argued that filed-rate doctrine still holds because the Arizona legislature deems it fit to approve its own rates. The court disagreed.

Shelley Welton, an associate professor at the University of South Carolina School of Law, said that the court’s opinion on filed-rate doctrine may open up opportunities for customers to challenge rooftop solar fees at cooperatives, municipal utilities, and public power districts, though it won’t affect investor-owned utilities.

The second finding was that SRP is not entitled to “state-action immunity,” which says that states are allowed to act in ways that have anti-competitive effects if they are clearly authorized to do so by state law. In this case, the court pointed to statutes on Arizona’s books that explicitly seek to promote competition in the electricity market.

That finding was almost immediately at risk of reversal. An SRP-backed bill in the Arizona legislature this session would have repealed the statutes that allow for electric retail competition, and potentially enabled other utilities to edge out rooftop solar. But the bill died on the House floor on Monday. 

Ultimately, SRP’s new rates did not entirely kill the rooftop solar market in Maricopa County. The annual number of applications has slowly increased since its initial fall in 2015, in part because panels have gotten cheaper. One residential installer in Arizona told Grist that customers are able to make it work by installing smaller systems, which means they are seeing lower savings on their electric bills. Court Rich, an attorney specializing in energy and regulatory law in Arizona, said it’s instructive to look at rooftop solar applications in the jurisdiction of a neighboring utility called Arizona Public Service.

“These utilities are right across the street from each other with the same types of customers living in the same climate with the same values and the same weather,” he said in an email. “Yet while one utility has 15 percent of its customers with rooftop solar, the other has less than 5 percent. Don’t get me wrong, Arizona Public Service wishes its regulators would have let it get away with what SRP has done and killed the industry, but SRP is the one that got to do it, and the results are obvious and effective.”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Utility monopolies are hurting rooftop solar. Can antitrust lawsuits rein them in? on Feb 18, 2022.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Emily Pontecorvo.

]]>
https://grist.org/energy/utility-monopolies-are-hurting-rooftop-solar-can-antitrust-lawsuits-rein-them-in/feed/ 0 274971
President Trump threatens India to release malaria drug he has stock in, touts it will cure COVID-19 – April 7, 2020 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/04/07/president-trump-threatens-india-to-release-malaria-drug-he-has-stock-in-touts-it-will-cure-covid-19-april-7-2020/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/04/07/president-trump-threatens-india-to-release-malaria-drug-he-has-stock-in-touts-it-will-cure-covid-19-april-7-2020/#respond Tue, 07 Apr 2020 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=65c55d65f2d31ca2cd8ca5350187c0b5 Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice.

  • New York daily death toll peaks to 713, but could plateau soon.
  • British Prime Minister Boris Johnson in ICU with coronavirus.
  • President pushes India to release malaria drug he has stock in, to fight virus.
  • President dismisses Pentagon Inspector General and other oversight watchdogs.
  • Navy secretary resigns after profanity against fired navy captain.
  • SCOTUS rules Wisconsin election must continue, despite COVID-19.
  • California Governor: 16,000 coronavirus cases, new mental health hotlines.
  • Coronavirus insurance claims rejected, SF Supes urge state action.
  • San Francisco passes emergency ordinance to locate homeless in hotels.
  • Bay Area religious leaders turn to internet to honor holidays.
  • Los Angeles asks residents to stay home this week, maybe next.

The post President Trump threatens India to release malaria drug he has stock in, touts it will cure COVID-19 – April 7, 2020 appeared first on KPFA.


This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/04/07/president-trump-threatens-india-to-release-malaria-drug-he-has-stock-in-touts-it-will-cure-covid-19-april-7-2020/feed/ 0 423020